Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide Dell Networking OS 8.4.7.
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if instructions are not followed. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Information in this publication is subject to change without notice. © 2014 Dell Force10. All rights reserved.
1 Preface About this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Basic File Management Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Upgrading the C-Series FPGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 4 BOOT_USER Mode Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 12 Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 BGPv4 Commands . . . . . . . . .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509 20 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541 Important Points to Remember . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27 IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755 IPv6 BGP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .755 IPv6 MBGP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .817 28 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 36 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999 37 Object Tracking Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important Points to Remember . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1170 45 Private VLAN (PVLAN) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1183 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1183 Private VLAN Concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com SSH Server and SCP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1343 Trace List Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1356 Secure DHCP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1366 52 Service Provider Bridging Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1481 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1481 61 VLAN Stacking Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1491 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 66 S-Series Debugging and Diagnostics 12 Offline Diagnostic Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Important Points to Remember . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Buffer Tuning Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Hardware Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 Preface About this Guide This book provides information on the FTOS Command Line Interface (CLI). It includes some information on the protocols and features found in FTOS and on the Dell Networking systems supported by Dell Networking OS (C-Series c, E-Series e, and S-Series s).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com {X} Keywords and parameters within braces must be entered in the CLI. [X] Keywords and parameters within brackets are optional. x|y Keywords and parameters separated by bar require you to choose one. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar enables you to choose any or all of them. Information Symbols Table 1-1 describes symbols contained in this guide. Table 1-1.
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command structure and command modes. FTOS commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use launch commands, change the command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Multiple Configuration Users When a user enters the CONFIGURATION mode and another user(s) is already in that configuration mode, generates an alert warning message similar to the following: Figure 2-2. Configuration Mode User Alert FTOS#conf % Warning: The following users are currently configuring the system: User User User User "" on line "admin" on "admin" on "Irene" on console0 line vty0 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty1 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty3 ( 123.12.1.
Table 2-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • — Type a keyword followed by a space and a ? Type a partial keyword followed by a ? — A display of keywords beginning with the partial keyword is listed. Figure 2-3 illustrates the results of entering ip ? at the prompt. Figure 2-3.
Use the left and right arrow keys to navigate left or right in the Dell Networking OS command line. Table 2-2 defines the key combinations valid at the Dell Networking OS command line. Table 2-2. Short-cut Keys and their Actions Key Combination Action CNTL-A Moves the cursor to the beginning of the command line. CNTL-B Moves the cursor back one character. CNTL-D Deletes character at cursor. CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • except— display only text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find — search for the first occurrence of a pattern grep — display text that matches a pattern no-more — do not paginate the display output save - copy output to a file for future use Note: Dell Networking OS accepts a space before or after the pipe, no space before or after the pipe, or any combination.
You can employ this capability to perform an on-demand activation or turn-off of a software component or protocol. A feature configuration file that is generated for each image contains feature names denotes whether this enabling or disabling method is available for such features. In the 8.4.7.0 release, you can enable or disable the VRF application globally across the system by using this capability. You can activate VRF application on a device by using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information You can activate VRF application on a device by using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode. The no feature vrf command is not supported on the C-Series platform. show feature c Syntax Command Modes Verify the status of software applications, such as VRF, that are activated and running on a device. show feature EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced in the C-Series.
The EXEC Privilege mode allows you to access all commands accessible in EXEC mode, plus other commands, such as to clear ARP entries and IP addresses. In addition, you can access the CONFIGURATION mode to configure interfaces, routes, and protocols on the switch. While you are logged in to the EXEC Privilege mode, the # prompt is displayed. CONFIGURATION Mode In the EXEC Privilege mode, use the configure command to enter the CONFIGURATION mode and configure routing protocols and access interfaces.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To enter LINE mode: 1. 2. Verify that you are logged in to the CONFIGURATION mode. Enter the line command. You must include the keywords console or vty and their line number available on the switch.The prompt changes to include (config-line-console) or (config-line-vty). You can exit this mode by using the exit command. TRACE-LIST Mode When in the CONFIGURATION mode, use the trace-list command to enter the TRACE-LIST mode and configure a Trace list. 1. 2.
To enter ROUTE-MAP mode: 1. 2. Verify that you are logged in to the CONFIGURATION mode. Use the route-map map-name [permit | deny] [sequence-number] command. The prompt changes to include (route-map). You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command. PREFIX-LIST Mode While in the CONFIGURATION mode, use the ip prefix-list command to enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. To enter PREFIX-LIST mode: 1. 2. Verify that you are logged in to the CONFIGURATION mode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To enter REDIRECT-LIST mode: 1. 2. Verify that you are logged in to the CONFIGURATION mode. Use the ip redirect-list command. You must include a name for the Redirect-list.The prompt changes to include (conf-redirect-list). You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command. SPANNING TREE Mode Use the STP mode to enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol, as described in Chapter 58, Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). To enter STP mode: 1. 2.
To enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode: 1. 2. Verify that you are logged into the CONFIGURATION mode. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command. PROTOCOL GVRP Mode Use the PROTOCOL GVRP mode to enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), as described in Chapter 20, GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. 2. Verify that you are logged into the CONFIGURATION mode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 2. Enter the router isis [tag] command.The prompt changes to include (conf-router_isis). You can switch to the INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to the ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command. ROUTER BGP Mode Use the ROUTER BGP mode to configure BGP on the C-Series or E-Series, as described in Chapter 12, Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4). To enter ROUTER BGP mode: 1. 2. Verify that you are logged into the CONFIGURATION mode.
3 File Management Overview This chapter contains commands needed to manage the configuration files and includes other file management commands found in Dell Networking OS.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
The write memory command always saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startup-configuration. When using a LOCAL CONFIG FILE other than the startup-config, use the copy command to save any running-configuration changes to that local file. Output for show bootvar with no boot configuration configured FTOS#show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE = flash://FTOS-EF-8.2.1.0.bin SECONDARY IMAGE FILE = flash://FTOS-EF-7.6.1.0.bin DEFAULT IMAGE FILE = flash://FTOS-EF-7.5.1.0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, you must save the running configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command). Related Commands Display the variable settings for the E-Series boot parameters. show bootvar boot network ce Set the location of the configuration file in a remote network.
primary After entering rpm0 or rpm1, enter the keyword primary to configure the boot parameters used in the first attempt to boot Dell Networking OS. secondary After entering rpm0 or rpm1, enter the keyword secondary to configure boot parameters used if the primary operating system boot selection is not available. file-url To boot from a file: on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com cd ces Syntax Parameters Change to a different working directory. cd directory directory (OPTONAL) Enter one of the following: • • Command Modes Command History flash: (internal Flash) or any sub-directory slot0: (external Flash) or any sub-directory (C-Series and E-Series only) EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command change bootflash-image ce Change boot flash image from which to boot.
Parameters file-url Enter the following location keywords and information: • • • • • • • • • • • To copy a file from the internal FLASH, enter flash:// followed by the filename.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com copy running-config ftp: Command Example: copy running-config scp: FTOS#copy running-config scp:/ Address or name of remote host []: 10.10.10.1 Destination file name [startup-config]? old_running User name to login remote host? sburgess Password to login remote host? dilling In this example — copy scp: flash: — specifying SCP in the first position indicates that the target is to be specified in the ensuing prompts.
Usage Information In this streamline copy command, the source image is copied to the primary RPM and then, if specified, to the standby RPM. After the copy is complete, the new image file path on each RPM is automatically configured as the primary image path for the next boot. The current system image (the one from which the RPM booted) is automatically configured as the secondary image path. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com dir ces Syntax Parameters Display the files in a file system. The default is the current directory. dir [filename | directory name:] filename | directory name: (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following: • • Command Modes Command History For a file or directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename or directory name. For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename or directory name: EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.
download alt-full-image e Syntax Command Modes Command History Usage Information Download an alternate Dell Networking OS image to the chassis. download alt-full-image file-url EXEC Privilege Version 7.7.1.0 Removed form E-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced Starting with Dell Networking OS 7.7.1.0, the functions of this command are incorporated into the upgrade command. For software upgrade details, see the Dell Networking OS Release Notes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Command Modes Command History dosFs1.0 Enter the keyword dosFs1.0 to format in DOS 1.0 (the default) dosFs2.0 Enter the keyword dosFs2.0 to format in DOS 2.0 DOS 1.0 (dosFs1.0) EXEC Privilege Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information When you format flash: 1 The startup-config is erased. 2 All cacheboot data files are erased and you must reconfigure cacheboot to regain it.
Related Commands copy Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system. logging coredump ce Enable coredump. Syntax logging coredump {cp | linecard {number | all} | rps} Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands cp Enable coredump for the CP.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com type Enter the password type: • • password Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter 0 to enter an unencrypted password. Enter 7 to enter a password that has already been encrypted using a Type 7 hashing algorithm. Enter a password to access the target server. Crash kernel files are uploaded to flash by default. CONFIGURATION Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 7.7.1.0 Restructured command to accommodate core dumps for CP.
rename ces Syntax Parameters Rename a file in the local file system. rename url url url Enter the following keywords and a filename: • • Command Modes Command History For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. For a file on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename. EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example FTOS#show boot system all Current system image information in the system: ============================================= Type Boot Type A B ---------------------------------------------------------------CP DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid RP1 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid RP2 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid linecard 0 is not present. linecard 1 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid linecard 2 DOWNLOAD BOOT 4.7.5.387 6.5.1.
Example FTOS#show boot verification all System image verification in progress... System image verification: =========================== Type A B ------------------------------------% Error: Linecard 0 is not present. Linecard 1 Passed Failed Linecard 2 Passed Failed % Error: Linecard 3 is not present. Linecard 4 Passed Failed % Error: Linecard 5 is not present.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands boot config Set the location of configuration files on local devices. boot host Set the location of configuration files from the remote host. boot network Set the location of configuration files from a remote network. boot system Set the location of Dell Networking OS image files. boot system gateway Specify the IP address of the default next-hop gateway for the management subnet.
show file-systems ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Display information about the file systems on the system. show file-systems EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Example Command Output example: show file-system FTOS#show file-systems Size(b) Free(b) 63938560 51646464 63938560 18092032 FTOS# Feature dosFs2.0 dosFs1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show linecard ce View the current linecard status. Syntax show linecard [number | all | boot-information] Parameters Command Modes Command History number Enter a number to view information on that linecard. Range: 0 to 6. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view a table with information on all present linecards. boot-information (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword boot-information to view cache boot information of all line cards in table format.
Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Example Note: A filepath that contains a dot ( . ) is not supported. Command output example (E-Series): show os-version FTOS#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime E-series: EF 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters 50 entity (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the keywords listed below to display that entity’s current (non-default) configuration.
• • • • • • • • • • • snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanning-tree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP configuration trace-group for the current trace-group configuration trace-list for the current trace-list configuration users for the current users configuration wred-profile for the current wred-profile configuration vlt for the current VLT configuration vrf [{vrf-nam
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show sfm ce View the current SFM status. Syntax show sfm [number [brief] | all] Parameters number Enter a number to view information on that SFM. Range: 0 to 8. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view a table with information on all present SFMs. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a list with SFM status. Note: The brief option is not available on C-Series. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.5.1.
show sfm Command Output Fields Field Description Date Code Displays the line card’s manufacturing date. Country Code Displays the country of origin.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show version ces Display the current Dell Networking OS version information on the system. Syntax show version Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command E-Series Example Command output example on E-Series: show version FTOS#show version Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Force10 Operating System Version: 1.
show version Command Fields S-Series Example Lines beginning with Description Chassis Type: Chassis type (E1200, E600, E600i, E300, C7008/C300, C7004/C150) Control Processor:... Control processor information and amount of memory on processor. Route Processor 1:... E-Series route processor 1 information and the amount of memory on that processor. Route Processor 2:... E-Series route processor 2 information and the amount of memory on that processor. 128K bytes...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com rpm Enter the keyword rpm to upgrade the bootflash/boot selector image on all processors on the RPM. booted Enter this keyword to upgrade using the image packed with the currently running Dell Networking OS image.
linecard number rpm Enter the keyword rpm to upgrade the system image of a selector image on all processors on the RPM. repair Enter this keyword to upgrade a line card newly inserted into an already upgraded chassis. This option is only available with the system-image keyword. booted Upgrade the bootflash or bootselector image using the currently running Dell Networking OS image.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com upgrade (S-Series management unit) s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Upgrade the bootflash image or system image of the S-Series management unit. upgrade {boot | system} {ftp: | scp: | tftp:} file-url boot Enter this keyword to change the boot image. system Enter this keyword to change the system image.
Parameters sfm Enter the keyword sfm to upgrade the FPGA on the SFMs. rpm Enter the keyword rpm to upgrade all processors on the RPM. all Enter the keyword all to upgrade the FPGA on all the SFMs. id Enter the keyword id to upgrade the FPGA on all a specific SFM. Enter the path to the upgrade source. Entering updates the FPGA from the flash. Defaults Command Modes No default values or behavior EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.1.0 Added rpm option Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Mode Command History Example None. EXEC Privilege Version 7.7.1.0 Renamed keyword primary-fpga-flash to fpga-image. Version 7.5.1.
all Enter the keyword all to upgrade all RPM and linecard FPGAs. Enter the keyword all after the keyword rpm to upgrade all FPGAs on all RPMs. Enter the keyword all after the keyword linecard to upgrade all FPGAs on all linecards. system-fpga (OPTIONAL) Enter system-fpga to upgrade only the system FPGA on a fiber linecard. Contact the Dell Networking TAC before using this keyword. link-fpga (OPTIONAL) Enter link-fpga to upgrade only the link FPGA on a fiber linecard.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Command example: upgrade fpga-image FTOS# upgrade fpga-image linecard 6 booted Current FPGA information in the system: ======================================= Card FPGA Name Current Version New Version -----------------------------------------------------------------------LC6 48 Port 1G LCM POEPLUS FPGA A: 0.1 0.
Example Command example: upgrade poe-controller-firmware FTOS#upgrade poe-controller-firmware linecard 6 booted Current PoE-Controller information in the system: ==================================================== Card Current Version New Version -----------------------------------------------------------------------LC6 2.39 2.39 *********************************************************************** * Warning - Upgrading PoE Controller should only be attempted * * when necessary.
| File Management www.dell.com | support.dell.
4 BOOT_USER Mode Overview Most of the commands in this chapter are in Configuration mode, except for format, which is in the BOOT_ADMIN mode. The exception to this is that on the Dell Networking S50 platform. On the S50, the commands are accessed from the BOOT_USER mode. Command support on Dell Networking platforms is indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading: • • • c = C-Series e = E-Series s = S-Series To access the BOOT_USER mode, boot your Dell Networking platform.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • show bootflash show bootvar show default-gateway show interface management ethernet Note: You cannot use the Tab key to complete commands in this mode. Note: The question mark (?) key to get help does not work in this mode. Instead, enter help. boot change c es Syntax Change the primary, secondary, or default Dell Networking OS boot configuration.
Figure 4-1. First Field in the boot change Command BOOT_USER # boot change primary '.' = clear field; '-' = clear non-essential field boot device : ftp Figure 4-2 shows the completed command: Figure 4-2. Completed boot change Command Example BOOT_USER # boot change primary '.' = clear field; '-' = go to previous field boot device file name Server IP address username password : : : : : ftp tt/latestlabel 10.16.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information a Enter the keyword a to select the boot code in partition A. b Enter the keyword b to select the boot code in partition B. None. BOOT_USER To view the current boot flash image, enter the show boot selection command. Related Commands boot change Change the primary, secondary or default boot image configuration show boot selection Display the current Boot Flash image selected.
Figure 4-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Not configured. BOOT_USER dir ce Display files in a directory Syntax dir file-url Parameters file-url Enter the location keywords and information: • • Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Example For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. For a file on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename. Not configured.
Usage Information Only Dell Networking TAC staff use this command. format ce Format the internal or external flash memory. Syntax format file-url Parameters file-url Enter the location keywords and information: • • Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. For a file on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename. Not configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ignore startup-config s Syntax Defaults During a reload, do not load the startup-config file. ignore startup-config disabled Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on S-Series This command might be used if a the user has authentication procedures in the startup-config other than the enable-password setting. interface management c Syntax Associates a management port with a management VRF.
Parameters Defaults ip-address mask Not configured. Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Usage Information Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) and the mask in / prefix-length format (/x). Introduced on S-Series In the runtime CLI of the C-Series and E-Series (not on S-Series), use the ip address command in the INTERFACE mode to change the Management interface’s IP address.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com interface management ethernet port s Syntax Assign a port to be the Management Ethernet interface. interface management ethernet port portID Parameters Defaults portID Not configured. Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Usage Information Enter an S-Series port ID as an integer. Range: 1 to 48 Introduced on S-Series Assign any copper port to be the Management Ethernet interface.
Related Commands show default-gateway Display the IP address configured for the default gateway. show interface management ethernet Display the IP address configured for the Management interface. reload c es Syntax Exit from this mode and reload FTOS. reload Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Related Commands save Introduced on S-Series Save configurations created in BOOT_USER mode (BLI). rename ce Rename a file.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com save s Save configurations created in BOOT_USER mode (BLI). Command History Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series A basic difference between S-Series and other Dell Networking platforms is that, on the S-Series, Dell Networking OS does not save configurations into NVRAM while the user enters them in the BLI.
Example Figure 4-6. show bootflash Command Example BOOT_USER # show bootflash GENERAL BOOTFLASH INFO ====================== Bootflash Partition A: Force10 Networks System Boot Copyright 1999-2004 Force10 Networks, Inc. ROM Header Version 1.0 Engineering CP_IMG_BOOT, BSP Release 2.0.0.19, Checksum 0x39303030 Created Mon Mar 20 10:56:53 US/Pacific 2004 by xxx on Unknown host Bootflash Partition B: Force10 Networks System Boot Copyright 1999-2004 Force10 Networks, Inc. ROM Header Version 1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands boot change Change the primary, secondary or default boot image configuration. boot zero Erase the configured primary, secondary, or default boot image parameters. show default-gateway c es Syntax Display the IP address configured for the default gateway. show default-gateway Command Mode BOOT_USER Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Example Figure 4-8.
Example Figure 4-10. show interface management ethernet Command Example BOOT_USER # show interface management ethernet Management ethernet IP address: 10.16.1.181/24 Management ethernet MAC address: 00:01:e8:43:13:16 Management ethernet port number: 1 BOOT_USER # Related Commands interface management ethernet ip address Assign an IP address to the Management Ethernet interface. interface management port config Configure speed, duplex, and negotiation settings for the management interface.
| BOOT_USER Mode www.dell.com | support.dell.
5 Control and Monitoring Overview This chapter contains the following commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, FTP, and TFTP as they apply to platforms c e s.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Optionally, use the banner exec command to create a text string that is displayed when the user accesses the EXEC mode. The exec-banner command toggles that display.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History No banner is configured and the CR is required when creating a banner. CONFIGURATION Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced keyboard-interactive keyword Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
Defaults Command Modes No banner is configured. CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information A MOTD banner message is displayed only in EXEC Privilege mode after entering the enable command followed by the password. These banners are not displayed to users in EXEC (non-privilege) mode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information This command clear alarms that are no longer active. If an alarm situation is still active, it is seen in the system output. clear command history ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Clear the command history log. clear command history EXEC Privilege Version 8.1.1.
configure ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Enter the CONFIGURATION mode from the EXEC Privilege mode. configure [terminal] terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. EXEC Privilege Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Example Figure 5-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug ftpserver ces Syntax Command Modes View transactions during an FTP session when a user is logged into the FTP server. debug ftpserver EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command disable ce Return to the EXEC mode.
Command History Usage Information Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series The following commands are not supported by the do command: • • • • enable disable exit config Figure 5-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com enable xfp-power-updates ces Syntax Enable XFP power updates for SNMP. enable xfp-power-updates interval seconds To disable XFP power updates, use the no enable xfp-power-updates command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information interval seconds Enter the keyword interval followed by the polling interval in seconds. Range: 120 to 6000 seconds Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes) Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.
epoch e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Set the epoch scheduling time for the chassis. epoch {2.4 |3.2 | 10.4} 2.4 Enter the keyword 2.4 to set the epoch to 2.4 micro-seconds and lower the latency. This option is available on the E600i and E1200i E-Series ExaScale systems only. 3.2 Enter the keyword 3.2 to set the epoch to 3.2 micro-seconds and lower the latency. This option is available on the E600/E600i and E1200/E1200i only.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com exec-banner ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Enable the display of a text string when the user enters the EXEC mode. exec-banner Enabled on all lines (if configured, the banner appears). LINE Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
Example Figure 5-4. Dell Networking OS time-out display Dell Networking OS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. FTOS> exit ce s Syntax Command Modes Command History Return to the lower command mode. exit EXEC Privilege, CONFIGURATION, LINE, INTERFACE, TRACE-LIST, PROTOCOL GVRP, SPANNING TREE, MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE, MAC ACCESS LIST, ACCESS-LIST, AS-PATH ACL, COMMUNITY-LIST, PREFIX-LIST, ROUTER OSPF, ROUTER RIP, ROUTER ISIS, ROUTER BGP Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.4.7.0 Added support for VRF. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Example Figure 5-5. Example of Logging on to an FTP Server morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 Dell Networking OS (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.
Related Commands ftp-server enable Enables FTP server functions on the E-Series. ftp-server username Set a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server username ces Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password Parameters username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The hostname is used in the prompt. ip ftp password ces Syntax Parameters Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. ip ftp password [encryption-type] password encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: • • password Defaults Command Modes Command History 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password 7 (seven) for hidden text password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password. Not configured.
ip ftp source-interface ces Syntax Parameters Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. ip ftp source-interface interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Related Commands You must also configure a password with the ip ftp password command. ip ftp password Set the password for FTP connections. ip telnet server enable ces Syntax Enable the Telnet server on the switch.
ip telnet source-interface ces Syntax Parameters Set an interface’s IP address as the source address in outgoing packets for Telnet sessions. ip telnet source-interface interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip tftp source-interface ces Syntax Parameters Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. ip tftp source-interface interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced VRF on the C-Series. Use this command to make the FTP clients VRF aware. The VRF name that you specify is used by the FTP client to reach the FTP server. If no VRF is specified, then the default vrf is used. ip telnet server vrf c Syntax Configures the TELNET server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced VRF on the C-Series. If you configure a TELNET client to use a specific VRF, then you need not explicitly specify the same VRF during the TELNET client sessions corresponding to that VRF. Example FTOS(conf)#ip telnet vrf vrf1 FTOS(conf)#do telnet 10.10.10.2 FTOS(conf)#no ip telnet vrf vrf1 ip tftp vrf c Syntax Configures an TFTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the TFTP server.
Defaults Command Modes Command History vty number Enter the keyword vty followed by a number from 0 to 9 to configure a virtual terminal line for Telnet sessions. The system supports 10 Telnet sessions. end-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 9 as the last virtual terminal line to configure. You can configure multiple lines at one time. Not configured CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 5-6. Command Example: show linecard on C-Series FTOS#show linecard 0 -- Line card 0 -Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : E48VB - 48-port GE 10/100/1000Base-T line card with RJ45 interfaces and PoE (CB) Current Type : E48VB - 48-port GE 10/100/1000Base-T line card with RJ45 interfaces and PoE (CB) Hardware Rev : 2.0 Num Ports : 48 Up Time : 1 min, 56 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 8-4-2-399 Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : yes Boot Flash : A: 1.0.0.
Figure 5-7. Command Example: show linecard on E-Series FTOS#show linecard 0 -- Line card 0 -Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : E48VB - 48-port GE 10/100/1000Base-T line card with RJ45 interfaces and PoE (CB) Current Type : E48VB - 48-port GE 10/100/1000Base-T line card with RJ45 interfaces and PoE (CB) Hardware Rev : 2.0 Num Ports : 48 Up Time : 1 min, 56 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 8-4-2-399 Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : yes Boot Flash : A: 1.0.0.40 B: 2.6.0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com module power-off ce Turn off power to a line card at next reboot. Syntax module power-off linecard number Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History linecard number Enter the keyword line card followed by the line card slot number C-Series Range: 0-7 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200/1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale E600i Version 8.1.1.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced VRF on the C-Series. Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv6) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv4) Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History linecard number Enter the keyword linecard and a number for the line card slot number. C-Series Range: 0 to 7 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200/E1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. sfm sfm-slot-id Enter the keyword sfm by the slot number of the SFM to which you want to turn off power. Note: This option is supported on E-Series only. Disabled EXEC Privilege Version 8.1.1.
reload ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Reboot Dell Networking OS. reload EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Related Commands If there is a change in the configuration, Dell Networking OS will prompt you to save the new configuration. Or you can save your running configuration with the copy running-config command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information The command reset without any options is a soft reset, which means Dell Networking OS boots the line card from its runtime image. The hard option reloads the Dell Networking OS image on the line card. Use the power-cycle after upgrading an FPGA. When a soft reset is issued on a line card (reset linecard number), Dell Networking OS boots the line card from its runtime image.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the Primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the Virtual terminal No default behavior or values EXEC Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Use the show running-config command to view the current options set for the service timestamps command. show alarms ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View alarms for the RPM, SFMs, line cards and fan trays. show alarms [threshold] threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds set for the line cards, RPM, and SFMs. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Example Figure 5-11. Command Example: show chassis brief on C-Series FTOS#show chassis -- Manufacturing Info -Chassis Type : C150 Chassis Mode : 1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 5-12. Command Example: show chassis brief on E-Series FTOS#show chassis brief -- Manufacturing Info -Chassis Type : E1200 Chassis Mode : TeraScale Chassis Epoch : 10.
Example Figure 5-13. Command Example: show command-history FTOS#show command-history [11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption]by default from console [11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption hostname FTOS] by default from console - Repeated 3 times.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
show cpu-traffic-stats ces Syntax Parameters View the CPU traffic statistics. show cpu-traffic-stats [port number | all | cp | linecard {all | slot# } | rp1 | rp2 ] port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the port number to display traffic statistics on that port only. Range: 1 to 1568 all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to display traffic statistics on all the interfaces receiving traffic, sorted based on traffic. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to display traffic statistics on the specified CPU.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified. Traffic information is displayed for router ports only; not for management interfaces. The traffic statistics are collected only after the debug cpu-traffic-stats command is executed; not from the system bootup.
linecard-voltage Enter the keyword linecard-voltage to view line card voltage information. PEM Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules. RPM Enter the keyword rpm to view only information on RPMs. SFM Enter the keyword sfm to view only information on SFMs. Note: This option is supported on E-Series only. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples Figure 5-16.
Figure 5-18. Command Example: show environment fan on the C7008 FTOS#show env fan -- Fan Status -------------------------------------------------------------------Tray 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------FanNumber Speed Status 0 4170 up 1 4140 up 2 3870 up 3 4140 up 4 3870 up 5 3810 up FTOS# show environment (S-Series) s Syntax Parameters Command Modes View S-Series system component status (for example, temperature, voltage).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 5-19.
show inventory (C-Series and E-Series) ce Display the chassis type, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. Syntax show inventory [media slot] Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information media slot (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword media followed by the slot number.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 5-23. Example output of show inventory for C7008 (C-Series) FTOS#sh inventory Chassis Type : C150 Chassis Mode : 1.
Example Figure 5-25. Example output of show inventory media slot (partial) FTOS#show inventory media 3 Slot Port Type Media Serial Number F10Qualified ---------------------------------------------------------------------------... 3 11 SFP 1000BASE-SX U9600L0 Yes ... Example Figure 5-26.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 5-27. Example output of show inventory for S-Series FTOS#show inventory System Type : S50N System Mode : 1.
E-Series Example Figure 5-28. Command Example: show linecard on E-Series FTOS#show linecard 0 -- Line card 0 -Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : E48TF - 48-port 10/100/1000Base-T line card with RJ-45 interfaces (EF) Current Type : E48TF - 48-port 10/100/1000Base-T line card with RJ-45 interfaces (EF) Hardware Rev : Base - 1.1 PP0 - 1.1 PP1 - 1.1 Num Ports : 48 Up Time : 2 min, 41 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 8-4-2-399 Jumbo Capable : yes Boot Flash : A: 2.3.2.1 [booted] B: 2.3.2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com C-Series Example Figure 5-29. FTOS#show linecard 11 -- Line card 11 -Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) Current Type : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) Hardware Rev : Base - 1.0 PP0 - n/a PP1 - n/a Num Ports : 48 Up Time : 12 hr, 37 min Dell Networking OS Version : 6.2.1.x Jumbo Capable : yes Boot Flash : A: 2.0.3.4 B: 2.0.3.
Table 5-1 list the definitions of the fields shown in Figure 5-28. Table 5-1. Descriptions for show linecard output Field Description Line card Displays the line card slot number (only listed in show linecard all command output). Status Displays the line card’s status. Next Boot Displays whether the line card is to be brought online at the next system reload. Required Type Displays the line card type configured for the slot. The Required Type and Current Type must match.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 5-30. Command Example: show linecard brief FTOS#show linecard 11 brief -- Line card 11 -Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) Current Type : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) Hardware Rev : Base - 1.0 PP0 - n/a PP1 - n/a Num Ports : 48 Up Time : 11 hr, 24 min Dell Networking OS Version : 6.1.1.
Table 5-2 defines the fields in Figure 5-31. Table 5-2. Usage Information Related Commands Descriptions for show linecard boot-information output Field Description # Displays the line card slot numbers, beginning with slot 0. The number of slots listed is dependent on your chassis: E-Series: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. Status Indicates if a line card is online, offline, or booting. If a line card is not detected in the slot, a hyphen ( - ) is displayed.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view information on the Control Processor on the RPM. lp slot-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lp and the slot number to view information on the line-card processor in that slot. C-Series Range: 0-7 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200/E1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. rp1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to view information on Route Processor 1 on the RPM.
Table 5-3 defines the fields displayed in Figure 5-32. Table 5-3. Descriptions for show memory output Field Description Lowest Displays the memory usage the system went to in the lifetime of the system. Indirectly, it indicates the maximum usage in the lifetime of the system: Total minus Lowest. Largest The current largest available. This relates to block size and is not related to the amount of memory on the system.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view CPU usage of the Route Processor 2. Note: This option is supported on the E-Series only. lp linecard [1-99] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lp followed by the line card number to display the CPU usage of that line card. The optional 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds.
Example 2 Figure 5-35.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show processes cpu (S-Series) s Syntax Display CPU usage information based on processes running in an S-Series. show processes cpu [management-unit 1-99 [details] | stack-unit 0-7 | summary | ipc | memory [stack-unit 0-7]] Parameters management-unit1-99 [details] (OPTIONAL) Display processes running in the control processor. The 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds.
Example 2 Figure 5-38. Command Example: show processes cpu management-unit on S-Series FTOS#show processes cpu management-unit 0 CPU utilization for five seconds: 1%/0%; one minute: 10%; five minutes: 2% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 272 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 topoDPC 271 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 bcmNHOP 270 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 bcmDISC 269 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 bcmATP-RX 268 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 bcmATP-TX 267 30 3 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 3 138 Figure 5-39.
Example 4 Figure 5-40.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show interfaces stack-unit Display information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series stack member. show processes memory (S-Series) Display CPU usage information based on processes running in an S-Series show processes ipc flow-control ces Syntax Parameters Display the Single Window Protocol Queue (SWPQ) statistics.
Example 1 Figure 5-42.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 5-4 list the definitions of the fields shown in Figure 5-42 and Figure 5-43. Table 5-4.
Example 4 Figure 5-46.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view memory usage of the Control Processor. lp slot-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lp and the slot number to view information on the line-card processor in that slot. C-Series Range: 0-7 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200/E1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. lp all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lp all to view CP memory usage on all active line cards.
Figure 5-47.
Figure 5-49. www.dell.com | support.dell.
show processes memory (S-Series) s Syntax Display memory usage information based on processes running in the S-Series system. show processes memory {management-unit | stack unit {0–7 | all | summary}} Parameters Command Modes management-unit Enter the keyword management-unit for CPU memory usage of the stack management unit. stack unit 0–7 Enter the keyword stack unit followed by a stack unit ID of the member unit for which to display memory usage on the forwarding processor.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 5-51.
show processes switch-utilization e Syntax Command Mode Show switch fabric utilization. show processes switch-utilization EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale E-Series original Command Example Figure 5-52.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com E-Series Example Figure 5-53. Command Example: show rpm on E-Series FTOS#show rpm 0 -- RPM card 0 -Status : active Next Boot : online Card Type : RPM - Route Processor Module (LC-EF-RPM) Hardware Rev : 2.2i Num Ports : 1 Up Time : 4 min, 37 sec Last Restart : reset by user Dell Networking OS Version : 8-4-2-399 Jumbo Capable : yes CP Boot Flash : A: 2.4.2.2 [booted] B: 2.4.2.2 RP1 Boot Flash: A: 2.4.2.2 B: 2.4.2.2 [booted] RP2 Boot Flash: A: 2.4.2.2 B: 2.4.2.
C-Series Example Figure 5-54. Command Example: show rpm on C-Series FTOS#show rpm 0 -- RPM card 0 -Status : active Next Boot : online Card Type : RPM - Route Processor Module (LC-CB-RPM) Hardware Rev : 2.0 Num Ports : 1 Up Time : 1 min, 58 sec Last Restart : reset by user Dell Networking OS Version : 8-4-2-399 Jumbo Capable : yes CP Boot Flash : A: 2.7.1.1 [booted] B: 2.7.1.1 CP FPGA Flash : A: 5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 5-7. Field Description Last Restart States the reason for the last RPM reboot.
show software ifm cs Display interface management (IFM) data. Syntax show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | stack-unit unit-ID | trace-flags} Parameters clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt followed by the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com S-Series Example Figure 5-55.
Example Figure 5-56.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 5-57. Command Example: show system brief FTOS#show system brief Stack MAC : 0:1:e8:d6:4:70 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 Member not present 1 Standby online S50V S50V 7.7.1.0 52 2 Mgmt online S50V S50V 7.7.1.
Example Figure 5-58. Command Example: show system stack-unit 2 FTOS#show system stack-unit 2 -- Unit 2 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S50N - 48-port E/FE/GE (SB) Current Type : S50N - 48-port E/FE/GE (SB) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 2.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 5 min, 18 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 8-4-2-399 Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no Boot Flash : 2.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show version Display the Dell Networking OS version. show processes memory (S-Series) Display memory usage based on running processes. show system stack-ports Display information about the stack ports on all switches in the S-Series stack. show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane and management plane input and output statistics of a particular stack member.
C-Series Example Figure 5-59. Command Example: show tech-support (partial) on C-Series FTOS#show tech-support page ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Force10 Application Software Version: Dell Networking OS 7.5.1.0 Copyright (c) 1999-2007 by Force10 Networks, Inc.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com E-Series Example Figure 5-60.
• • • • • • • • • • • Related Commands show inventory show ip management-route show ip protocols show ip route summary show processes cpu show processes memory show redundancy show rpm show running-conf show sfm show version show version Display the Dell Networking OS version. show linecard Display the line card(s) status. show environment (C-Series and E-Series) Display system component status. show processes memory (C-Series and E-Series) Display memory usage based on running processes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com S-Series Examples Figure 5-61.
Figure 5-62. Command Example: show tech-support (partial) on S-Series FTOS#show tech-support stack-unit 0 ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Force10 Application Software Version: Dell Networking OS 7.6.1.0 Copyright (c) 1999-2007 by Force10 Networks, Inc.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • Related Commands show ip protocols show ip route summary show processes cpu show processes memory show redundancy show running-conf show version show version Display the Dell Networking OS version. show system (S-Series) Display the current switch status. show environment (S-Series) Display system component status. show processes memory (S-Series) Display memory usage based on running processes. ssh-peer-rpm ce Open an SSH connection to the peer RPM.
Syntax telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name} [/ source-interface] Parameters host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced VRF on the C-Series. Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv6) Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv4) Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
terminal length ces Syntax Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. terminal length screen-length To return to the default values, enter terminal no length. Parameters screen-length Defaults Command Modes Enter a number of lines. Entering zero will cause the terminal to display without pausing. Range: 0 to 512. Default: 24 lines. 24 lines EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com traceroute ces Syntax View a packet’s path to a specific device. traceroute [vrf {vrf-name}] {host | ip-address} Parameters Defaults Command Modes vrf vrf-name (Optional) E-Series and C-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF Instance name. host Enter the name of device. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format.
Figure 5-64 contains examples of the IPv6 traceroute command with both a compressed IPv6 address and uncompressed address. Example Figure 5-64. Command Example: traceroute (IPv6) FTOS#traceroute 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com undebug all ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Disable all debug operations on the system. undebug all No default behavior or values EXEC Privilege Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
virtual-ip ce Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface. Virtual addresses can be configured both for IPv4 and IPv6 independently. Syntax virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::) of the active management interface. No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 addressing. Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands 172 Usage Information | save Save configurations created in BOOT_USER mode (BLI). The write memory command saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startup-configuration.
6 802.1ag Overview 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ccm disable s Disable CCM. Syntax ccm disable Enter no ccm disable to enable CCM. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled ECFM DOMAIN Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ccm transmit-interval s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Configure the transmit interval (mandatory). The interval specified applies to all MEPs in the domain.
Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History database hold-time minutes minutes Enter a hold-time. Range: 100-65535 minutes 100 minutes ECFM DOMAIN Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series disable s Disable Ethernet CFM without stopping the CFM process. Syntax disable Defaults Disabled Command Modes Command History ETHERNET CFM Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History ethernet cfm Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ethernet cfm mep s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Create an MEP. ethernet cfm mep {up-mep | down-mep} domain {name | level} ma-name name mepid mep-id [up-mep | down-mep] Specify whether the MEP is up or down facing.
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series mep cross-check s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Enable cross-checking for an MEP. mep cross-check mep-id mep-id Enter the MEP ID Range: 1-8191 None ECFM DOMAIN Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series mep cross-check enable s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Enable cross-checking.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History ETHERNET CFM Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ping ethernet s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Send a Loopback message. ping ethernet domain [name l level] ma-name m a-name remote {dest-mep-id | mac-addr mac-address} source {src-mep-id | port interface} name | level Enter the domain name or level.
Example FTOS# show ethernet cfm domain Domain Name: customer Level: 7 Total Service: 1 Services MA-Name VLAN My_MA CC-Int 200 Domain Name: My_Domain Level: 6 Total Service: 1 Services MA-Name 10s VLAN Your_MA X-CHK Status CC-Int 100 enabled X-CHK Status 10s enabled show ethernet cfm maintenance-points local s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Display configured MEPs and MIPs.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Example expired Enter this keyword to view MEP entries that have expired due to connectivity failure. waiting Enter this keyword to display MEP entries waiting for response. None EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
Command Modes Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache None EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series traceroute cache size s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Set the size of the Link Trace Cache. traceroute cache size entries entries Enter the number of entries the Link Trace Cache can hold. Range: 1 - 4095 entries 100 entries ETHERNET CFM Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
| 802.1ag www.dell.com | support.dell.
7 802.3ah Overview 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ethernet oam statistics s Syntax Parameters Clear Link Layer OAM statistics. clear ethernet oam statistics interface interface interface Parameters None Defaults None Command Mode Command History Enter the interface for which you want to clear statistics, for example gig 0/1. EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ethernet oam (enable/disable) s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Enable Ethernet OAM.
ethernet oam event-log size s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Specify the size of the event log. ethernet oam event-log size entries entries Enter the number of entries for the log size. Range: 0 to 200. Default: 50. 50 CONFIGURATION Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ethernet oam link-monitor frame s Syntax Set the frame error thresholds and window.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History high {milliseconds | none} Specify the high threshold value for frame error seconds per time period, or disable the high threshold. Range: 1-900 Default: None low milliseconds Specify the low threshold for frame error seconds per time period. Range: 1-900 Default: 1 window milliseconds Specify the time period for error second per time period condition.
ethernet oam link-monitor supported s Enable support for link performance monitoring on an interface. To disable support for link monitoring, enter the no ethernet oam link-monitor supported command. Support for link monitoring is enabled on an interface by default when you enable Ethernet OAM with the ethernet oam command. Syntax Defaults Command Mode Command History ethernet oam link-monitor supported Enabled INTERFACE Version 8.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Mode Command History Active INTERFACE Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ethernet oam remote-failure s Syntax Block or disable an interface when a particular critical link event occurs. ethernet oam remote-failure {critical-event | dying-gasp | link-fault} action {error-block-interface | error-disable-interface} Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History critical-event An unspecified critical event occurred.
ethernet oam remote-loopback (interface) s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Enable support for OAM loopback on an interface and configure a timeout value. ethernet oam remote-loopback {supported | timeout seconds} supported Start or stop a loopback operation on a peer. timeout seconds Specify the number of seconds that the local peer waits to receive a returned frame before considering a remote peer to be non-operational. Valid values are from 1 to 10. None INTERFACE Version 8.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example FTOS# show ethernet oam discovery interface Local client __________ Administrative configurations: Mode:active Unidirection:not supported Link monitor:supported (on) Remote loopback:not supported MIB retrieval:not supported Mtu size:1500 Operational status: Port status:operational Loopback status:no loopback PDU permission:any PDU revision:1 Remote client ___________ MAC address:0030.88fe.
Example FTOS# show ethernet oam statistics interface Counters: _________ Information OAMPDU Tx: 3439489 Information OAMPDU Rx: 9489 Unique Event Notification OAMPDU Tx: 0 Unique Event Notification OAMPDU x: 0 Duplicate Event Notification OAMPDU Tx: 0 Duplicate Event Notification OAMPDU Rx: 0 Loopback Control OAMPDU Tx: 0 Loopback Control OAMPDU Rx: 2 Variable Request OAMPDU Tx: 0 Variable Request OAMPDU Rx: 0 Variable Response OAMPDU Tx: 0 Variable Response OAMPDU Rx: 0 Fo
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ethernet oam status s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Example Display Link Layer OAM status per interface. show ethernet oam status interface interface interface Enter the interface for which you want to display status, for example gig 0/1. None EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.1.
show ethernet oam summary s Syntax Defaults Command Mode Command History Example Display Link Layer OAM sessions. show ethernet oam summary None EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on S-Series FTOS# show ethernet oam summary Output format : Symbols:* - Master Loopback State, # - Slave Loopback State Capability codes:L - Link Monitor, R - Remote Loopback U - Unidirection,V - Variable Retrieval LocalRemote InterfaceMAC AddressOUIModeCapability Gi6/1/10023.84ac.b8000000DactiveL R 802.
| 802.3ah www.dell.com | support.dell.
8 802.1X The 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • If 802.1X authorization is enabled and all information from the RADIUS server is valid, the port is placed in the specified VLAN after authentication. If port security is enabled on an 802.1X port with VLAN assignment, the port is placed in the RADIUS server assigned VLAN. If 802.1X is disabled on the port, it is returned to the configured access VLAN.
dot1x auth-type mab-only cs Use only the host MAC address to authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB). Syntax dot1x auth-type mab-only Defaults Command Modes Disabled INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • • 802.1X authentication must be enabled globally on the switch and on the port (dot1x authentication command).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com dot1x authentication (Interface) ces Syntax Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Disabled INTERFACE Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.
dot1x auth-server ces Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series dot1x guest-vlan ces Syntax Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com dot1x host-mode c e ts Syntax Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} Parameters Defaults Command Modes multi-host Enable multi-host authentication. multi-auth Enable multi-supplicant authentication. INTERFACE • • • Related Commands Enable single-host authentication. single-host Command History Usage Information single-host Version 8.4.1.
dot1x max-eap-req ces Syntax Configure the maximum number of times an EAP (Extensive Authentication Protocol) request is transmitted before the session times out. dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. Range: 1 to 10 Default: 2 2 INTERFACE Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information force-authorized Enter the keyword force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. force-unauthorized Enter the keyword force-unauthorized to forcibly de-authorize a port. No default behavior or values INTERFACE Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes (Optional) Enter the keyword interval followed by the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication will be initiated. Range: 1 to 31536000 (1 year) Default: 3600 (1 hour) interval seconds 3600 seconds (1 hour) INTERFACE Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com dot1x server-timeout ces Syntax Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time out. dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. Range: 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. Default: 30 30 seconds INTERFACE Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.
dot1x supplicant-timeout ces Syntax Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time out. dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. Range: 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. Default: 30 30 seconds INTERFACE Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show dot1x cos-mapping interface cs Display the CoS priority-mapping table provided by the RADIUS server and applied to authenticated supplicants on an 802.1X-enabled port. Syntax show dot1x cos-mapping interface interface [mac-address mac-address] Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Figure 8-1. show dot1x cos-mapping interface Command Example FTOS#show dot1x cos-mapping interface gigabitehternet 2/21 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 2/21: ---------------------------------Dot1p Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 FTOS#show dot1x cos-mapping int g 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 2/21: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Dot1p 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remapped Dot1p 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show dot1x interface ces Syntax Parameters Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address] interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Figure 8-2. show dot1x interface Command Example FTOS#show dot1x int Gi 2/32 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 8-4. Example show dot1x interface (with Multi-Supplicant Authentication enabled) FTOS#show dot1x interface g 0/21 802.
9 Access Control Lists (ACL) Overview Access Control Lists (ACLs) are supported on platforms c e s Dell Networking OS supports the following types of Access Control List (ACL), IP prefix list, and route map: • • • • • • • • • • • Commands Common to all ACL Types Common IP ACL Commands Standard IP ACL Commands Extended IP ACL Commands Common MAC Access List Commands Standard MAC ACL Commands Extended MAC ACL Commands IP Prefix List Commands Route Map Commands AS-Path Commands IP Community List Commands Not
www.dell.com | support.dell.com description ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Configure a short text string describing the ACL. description text text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. Not enabled. CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
The following example shows the use of the remark command twice within the CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST mode. Here, the same sequence number was used for the remark and for an associated ACL rule. The remark will precede the rule in the running-config because it is assumed that the remark is for the rule with the same sequence number, or the group of rules that follow the remark. Example Figure 9-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com c and s platforms support Ingress IP ACLs only. The following commands allow you to clear, display, and assign IP ACL configurations. • • • • • access-class clear counters ip access-group ip access-group show ip access-lists show ip accounting access-list Note: See also Commands Common to all ACL Types. access-class ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line.
ip access-group ces Syntax Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] [vrf vrf-name] Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic. Note: Available only on 12-port 1-Gigabit Ethernet FLEX line card.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip access-lists ces Syntax Display all of the IP ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. show ip access-lists [access-list-name] [interface interface] [in |out] [vrf vrf-name] Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information: • • • • • vrf vrf-name Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Standard IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. c and s platforms support Ingress IP ACLs only. The commands needed to configure a Standard IP ACL are: • • • • • • deny ip access-list standard permit resequence access-list resequence prefix-list ipv4 seq Note: See also Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface. For details, see the section “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Not configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.1.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. Range: 0-254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) Default: If the order keyword is not used, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com resequence access-list ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment} ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP access list. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced When all sequence numbers have been exhausted, this feature permits re-assigning new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. Range: 0-254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) Default: If the order keyword is not used, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address also examine the packet’s protocol type. c and s platforms support Ingress IP ACLs only.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address.
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. See the Chapter 44, Port Monitoring. Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny tcp Assign a filter to deny TCP packets. deny udp Assign a filter to deny UDP packets. ip access-list extended Create an extended ACL.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. Range: 0-254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) Default: If the order keyword is not used, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
• Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Use the no deny ether-type protocol-type-number {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {source-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} command. protocol-type-number Enter a number from 600 to FFFF as the specific Ethernet type traffic to drop. destination-mac-address mac-address-mask Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. For the MAC address mask, specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. See the “Quality of Service” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for more information. When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. Range: 0-254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) Default: If the order keyword is not used, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 9-2.
deny tcp ces Syntax Configure a filter that drops TCP packets meeting the filter criteria.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
For example, an ACL rule with TCP port range 4000 - 8000 uses 8 entries in the CAM: Rule# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Data Mask From To #Covered 0000111110100000 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111100000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4000 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4031 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 32 64 2048 1024 5
www.dell.com | support.dell.com operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports port port (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. Range: 0 to 65535 destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. See the Chapter 44, Port Monitoring. Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com permit arp e Syntax permit arp {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, use one of the following: • • Parameters Defaults Command Modes 242 Configure a filter that forwards ARP packets meeting this criteria.This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics; refer to your line card documentation for specifications.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information source-mac-address mac-address-mask Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. For the MAC address mask, specify which bits in the MAC address must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask, therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
permit icmp e Syntax Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. See the “Quality of Service” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for more information. When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. Range: 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword to deny a packet based on DSCP value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The monitor option is relevant in the context of the flow-based monitoring feature only. See Chapter 44, Port Monitoring. Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes ipv4 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP access list, up to 140 characters. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. Range: 0 - 4294967290 Step-to-Increment Enter the step to increment the sequence number. Range: 1 - 4294967290 No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced for E-Series When all sequence numbers have been exhausted, this feature permits re-assigning new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long.
Defaults Command Modes order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. Range: 0-254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) Default: If the order keyword is not used, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com seq ether-type e Syntax Parameters Defaults 254 | Configure an egress filter with a specific sequence number that filters traffic with specified types of Ethernet packets. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics; refer to your line card documentation for specifications.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Added monitor option Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The monitor option is relevant in the context of the flow-based monitoring feature only. See Chapter 44, Port Monitoring.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com tcp Enter the keyword tcp to configure a TCP access list filter. udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a UDP access list filter. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.1.0 Add DSCP value for ACL matching. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated established keyword Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear counters mac access-group ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL. clear counters mac access-group [mac-list-name] mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list. EXEC Privilege Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
show mac access-lists ces Syntax Display all of the Layer 2 ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. show mac access-lists [access-list-name] [interface interface] [in | out] Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters. interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • in | out Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Standard MAC ACL Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. c and s platforms support Ingress MAC ACLs only. The following commands configure standard MAC ACLs: • • • • deny mac access-list standard permit seq Note: See also Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands. deny ces Syntax Configure a filter to drop packets with a the MAC address specified.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added monitor option pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
Example Figure 9-7.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Usage Information Related Commands deny Configure a MAC ACL filter to drop packets. seq Configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. seq ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History 264 When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
Version 7.4.1.0 Added monitor option pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Usage Information When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com mac-source-address Enter the source MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-source-address-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask, therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. mac-destination-address Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
mac access-list extended ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Name a new or existing extended MAC access control list (extended MAC ACL). mac access-list extended access-list-name access-list-name Enter a text string as the MAC access list name, up to 140 characters. No default configuration CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com permit ces Syntax Configure a filter to pass packets matching the criteria specified.
Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added monitor option pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface.
clear ip prefix-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Default Related Commands Reset the number of times traffic met the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists. clear ip prefix-list [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the configured prefix list to clear only counters for that prefix list, up to 140 characters long. EXEC Privilege Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands permit Configure a filter to pass packets. seq Configure a drop or permit filter with a specified sequence number. ip prefix-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. ip prefix-list prefix-name prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5. If the options ge or le are not used, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. Related Commands deny Configure a filter to drop packets.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands deny Configure a filter to drop packets. permit Configure a filter to pass packets. show config ces Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Example Figure 9-9.
Example Figure 9-10. Command Example: show ip prefix-list detail FTOS#show ip prefix-list detail Prefix-list with the last deletion/insertion: filter_ospf ip prefix-list filter_in: count: 3, range entries: 3, sequences: 5 - 10 seq 5 deny 1.102.0.0/16 le 32 (hit count: 0) seq 6 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 (hit count: 0) seq 10 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 (hit count: 0) ip prefix-list filter_ospf: count: 4, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 10 seq 5 deny 100.100.1.0/24 (hit count: 5) seq 6 deny 200.200.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Route Map Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. The following commands allow you to configure route maps and their redistribution criteria.
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The continue feature allows movement from one route-map entry to a specific route-map entry (the sequence number). If the sequence number is not specified, the continue feature simply moves to the next sequence number (also known as an implied continue).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the route map (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale pre-Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced Related Commands route-map Enable a route map match as-path ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Configure a filter to match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path.
Command History Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series ip community-list Configure an Community Access list. set community Specify a COMMUNITY attribute. neighbor send-community Send COMMUNITY attribute to peer or peer group. match interface ces Syntax Configure a filter to match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com match metric Redistribute routes that match a specific metric. match route-type Redistribute routes that match a route type. match tag Redistribute routes that match a specific tag. match ip address ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Configure a filter to match routes based on IP addresses specified in an access list. match ip address prefix-list-name prefix-list-name Enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Not configured.
Command History Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series match interface Redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address Redistribute routes that match an IP address.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com match ip vlan c Syntax Uses a VLAN as the match criterion for an L3 class map. match ip vlan vlan-id To remove VLAN as the match criterion, use the no match ip vlan vlan-id command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan and then the ID of the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. None. CONF-CLASS-MAP Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command.
match metric ces Syntax Configure a filter to match on a specified value. match metric metric-value Parameters Defaults metric-value Enter a value to match. Range: zero (0) to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com match route-type ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Configure a filter to match routes based on the how the route is defined. match route-type {external [type-1 | type-2] | internal | level-1 | level-2 | local} external [type-1| type-2] Enter the keyword external followed by either type-1 or type-2 to match only on OSPF Type 1 routes or OSPF Type 2 routes. internal Enter the keyword internal to match only on routes generated within OSPF areas.
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series match interface Redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address Redistribute routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop Redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source Redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric Redistribute routes that match a specific metric.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Related Commands show config Display the current configuration. set as-path ces Syntax Parameters Configure a filter to modify the AS path for BGP routes. set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] prepend as-number Enter the keyword prepend followed by up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information.
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series set level Specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric Specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type Specify the metric type assigned to redistributed routes. set tag Specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com set community ces Syntax set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} [additive] To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment, use the no set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} command. Parameters community-number Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
set level ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Configure a filter to specify the IS-IS level or OSPF area to which matched routes are redistributed. set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stub-area} backbone Enter the keyword backbone to redistribute matched routes to the OSPF backbone area (area 0.0.0.0). level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1. level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands The set local-preference command changes the LOCAL_PREF attribute for routes meeting the route map criteria. To change the LOCAL_PREF for all routes, use the bgp default local-preference command. bgp default local-preference Change default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. set metric ces Syntax Configure a filter to assign a new metric to redistributed routes. set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric.
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.1.0 Implemented internal keyword Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series set automatic-tag Compute the tag value of the route. set level Specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric Specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com set origin ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Configure a filter to manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute. set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} egp Enter the keyword egp to set routes originating from outside the local AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to set routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to set routes with incomplete routing information. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.1.1.
set weight ces Syntax Configure a filter to add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection. set weight weight Parameters Defaults weight Enter a number as the weight to be used by the route meeting the route map specification. Routes with a higher weight are preferred when there are multiple routes to the same destination.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
deny e Syntax Parameters Create a filter to drop routes that match the route’s AS-PATH attribute. Use regular expressions to identify which routes are affected by the filter. deny as-regular-expression as-regular-expression Enter a regular expression to match BGP AS-PATH attributes. Use one or a combination of the following: • • • • • • • • • Defaults Not configured Command Modes AS-PATH ACL Usage Information Command History .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 9-15. Command Example: ip as-path access-list FTOS(conf)#ip as-path access-list TestPath FTOS(config-as-path)# Usage Information Command History Related Commands Use the match as-path or neighbor filter-list commands to apply the AS-PATH ACL to BGP routes. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.
show config e Syntax Display the current configuration. show config Command Mode AS-PATH ACL Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Example Figure 9-16. Command Example: show config (AS-PATH ACL) FTOS(config-as-path)#show config ! ip as-path access-list snickers deny .3 FTOS(config-as-path)# show ip as-path-access-lists e Syntax Command Modes Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • ip community-list permit show config show ip community-lists deny e Syntax Parameters Create a filter to drop routes matching a BGP COMMUNITY number. deny {community-number | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export | quote-regexp regular-expressions-list | regexp regular-expression} community-number Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
ip community-list e Syntax Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters Command Modes Example comm-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. CONFIGURATION Figure 9-18. Command Example: ip community-list FTOS(conf)#ip community-list TestComList FTOS(config-community-list)# Command History Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com no-export Enter the keywords no-export to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. regexp regular-expression Enter the keyword regexp followed by a regular expression. Use one or a combination of the following: • • • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes .
show ip community-lists e Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display configured IP community lists in alphabetic order. show ip community-lists [name] name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the standard or extended IP community list, up to 140 characters. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.
| Access Control Lists (ACL) www.dell.com | support.dell.
10 ACL VLAN Group Overview The ACL VLAN Group feature is available only on the E-Series, as indicated by this symbol under each command heading: e Since VLAN ACLs exist as multiple ACLs in the CAM, the size of the ACLs can be limited in the CAM. The ACL VLAN Group feature permits you to group VLANs and apply ACLs to the group so that ACLs exist as a single ACL in the CAM. Note: This feature is supported on IPv4 only and can only be used with the ipv4-egacl-16k CAM Profile with the acl-group microcode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series You can have up to 8 different ACL VLAN groups at any given time. show acl-vlan-group Display the ACL VLAN groups description e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Add a description to the ACL VLAN group.
member vlan e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Add VLAN member(s) to an ACL VLAN group. member vlan {VLAN-range} VLAN-range Enter the comma separated VLAN ID set. For example, 1-10,400-410,500 No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series At a maximum, there can be only 32 VLAN members in all ACL VLAN groups. A VLAN can belong to only one group at any given time.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 10-1. Command Example: show acl-vlan-group FTOS#show acl-vlan-group Group Name TestGroupSeventeenTwenty CustomerNumberIdentifica HostGroup Egress IP Acl SpecialAccessOnlyExperts AnyEmployeeCustomerEleve Group5 Vlan Members 100,200,300 2-10,99 1,1000 FTOS# Truncated Group and Access List Names Figure 10-2 shows the table style display when using the show acl-vlan-group group-name option. Note that the access list name is truncated. Figure 10-2.
EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Notes Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on E-Series The output for this command is shown in a line-by-line format. This allows the ACL-VLAN-Group names (or the Access List Group Names) to display in their entirety. Figure 10-4.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Figure 10-6.
11 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Overview Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03 and supports BFD on all Layer 3 physical interfaces including VLAN interfaces and port-channels. BFD is supported on the C-Series and E-Series, where indicated by the c and e characters under command headings.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com bfd all-neighbors Enable BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by Layer 3 protocols IS-IS, OSPF, or BGP on router interfaces, and (optionally) reconfigure the default timer values. ce Syntax bfd all-neighbors [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] Parameters interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
• Related Commands Neighbors that have been explicitly enabled or disabled for a BFD session with the bfd neighbor or neighbor bfd disable commands in ROUTER BGP mode do not inherit the global BFD enable/ disable values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command or configured for the peer group to which a neighbor belongs. The neighbors inherit only the global timer values (configured with the bfd all-neighbors command).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com bfd enable (Interface) ce Enable BFD on an interface. Syntax bfd enable Defaults Command Modes Command History BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. INTERFACE Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series bfd interval ce Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
Example Figure 11-1. bfd interval Command Example FTOS(conf-if-gi-0/3)#bfd interval 250 min_rx 300 multiplier 4 role passive FTOS(conf-if-gi-0/3)# bfd neighbor ce Establish a BFD session with a neighbor. Syntax bfd neighbor ip-address Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). None INTERFACE Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear bfd counters ce Clear all BFD counters, or counters for a particular interface. Syntax clear bfd counters [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands 314 | For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information.
debug bfd ce Enable BFD debugging. Syntax debug bfd {detail | event | packet} {all | interface} [mode] [count number] Parameters detail (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display detailed information about BFD packets. event (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display information about BFD state. The mode option is not available with this option. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to display brief information about control packets. all Enter this keyword to enable debugging on all interfaces.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Since BFD can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface, debugging information should be restricted. ip route bfd ce Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes. Syntax ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] Parameters interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
isis bfd all-neighbors e Syntax Parameters Enable BFD on all IS-IS neighbors discovered on an interface. isis bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface. interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. ce Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. None Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.5 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes static-route (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display counter information for BFD sessions established with ISIS neighbors. vrrp (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display counter information for BFD sessions established with VRRP neighbors. None EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 8.4.2.5 Added support for BFD for BGP on the C-Series and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.
Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • detail Defaults Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example show bfd neighbors detail Command Example FTOS#show bfd neighbors detail Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
vrrp bfd ce Establish a VRRP BFD session. Syntax vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address} [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] Parameters all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all BFD neighbors on an interface. neighbor ip-address Enter the IP address of the BFD neighbor. interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
12 Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4) Overview BGPv4 is supported as shown in the following table. Dell Networking OS version Platform support 8.1.1.0 E-Series ExaScale 7.8.1.0 S-Series 7.7.1.0. C-Series pre-7.7.1.0 E-Series TeraScale ex s c et For detailed information on configuring BGP, refer to the BGP chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The following commands enable you to configure and enable BGP.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • distance bgp maximum-paths neighbor activate neighbor add-path neighbor advertisement-interval neighbor advertisement-start neighbor allowas-in neighbor default-originate neighbor description neighbor distribute-list neighbor ebgp-multihop neighbor fall-over neighbor filter-list neighbor local-as neighbor maximum-prefix neighbor next-hop-self neighbor password neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) neighbor peer-grou
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • • • • • show ip bgp filter-list show ip bgp flap-statistics show ip bgp inconsistent-as show ip bgp neighbors show ip bgp next-hop show ip bgp paths show ip bgp paths as-path show ip bgp paths community show ip bgp peer-group show ip bgp regexp show ip bgp summary show running-config bgp timers bgp bgp add-path c Syntax Allow the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths replacing any previous ones.
ipv4 vrf vrf-name (C-Series only) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. ipv6 unicast Enter BGPv6 mode. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History . Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced support for VRF on C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. aggregate-address ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If the route is injected via the network command, that route will still appear in the routing table if the summary-only parameter is configured in the aggregate-address command. The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements. If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors, use the neighbor distribute-list command.
Command Modes Usage Information ROUTER BGP You must enable bgp four-octet-as-support before enabling this feature. If you disable four-octet-support after using dot or dot+ format, the AS Numbers revert to asplain text. When you apply an asnotation, it is reflected in the running-configuration. If you change the notation type, the running-config is updated dynamically and the new notation is shown.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Command History If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp ipv4 unicast soft * command to recompute the best path. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax c Syntax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation.
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best ces Syntax During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute. bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-as-best command. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History Disabled ROUTER BGP The MED is a 4-Byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Command History bgp cluster-id Assign ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a route reflector and clients. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series bgp cluster-id ces Syntax Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector.
Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. Range: 0-65535 (2-Byte) or 1-4294967295 (4-Byte) or 0.1-65535.65535 (Dotted format) Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information You must configure your system to accept 4-Byte formats before entering a 4-Byte AS Number. All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 or 2-Byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced support on the C-Series. bgp confederation peers ces Syntax Specify the Autonomous Systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, enter no bgp confederation peers. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. Range: 0-65535 (2-Byte) or 1-4294967295 (4-Byte) or 0.1-65535.65535 (Dotted format) ...
bgp dampening ces Syntax Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com bgp default local-preference ces Syntax Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, enter no bgp default local-preference. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes.
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced bgp fast-external-fallover ces Syntax Enable the fast external fallover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails. bgp fast-external-fallover To disable fast external fallover, enter no bgp fast-external-fallover. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Enabled.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect. Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced command Introduced support on C-Series bgp graceful-restart ces Enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only.
ces Syntax Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, enter no bgp log-neighbor-changes. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Enabled. ROUTER BGP Use the show logging command in the EXEC mode to view BGP neighbor resets. The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show logging Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To disable outbound optimization, enter the no bgp outbound-optimization command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.7.0 Usage Information Introduced support on the C-Series. The updates are sent to all the neighbors in the peer-group and all the neighbors will have the same attributes including next-hop. Enabling or disabling outbound optimization will dynamically resets all neighbor sessions.
To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Enabled by default ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is quite common.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.3.1.2 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale. bgp router-id ces Syntax Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, enter no bgp router-id. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor.
Related Commands Command History clear ip bgp ipv4 unicast soft in Activate inbound policies for IPv4 routes without resetting the BGP TCP session. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast address families Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced capture bgp-pdu neighbor Note: Starting in the C-Series release 8.4.7.0, this command is no longer supported.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Related Commands Command History EXEC Privilege capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) Enable capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.5.1.
Defaults Command Modes Related Commands Command History dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear the flap dampening information. flap-statistics Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear the flap statistics information. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 address family to clear. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear. peer-group Enter the peer-group to clear all members of the peer group. None EXEC Privilege bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Version 8.4.7.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ip bgp flap-statistics Note: This command is supported only on the C-Series. c Syntax Parameters Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] flap-statistics [ip-address mask | filter-list as-path-name regexp regular-expression] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear BGP flap statistics corresponding to that VRF.
clear ip bgp peer-group Note: This command is supported only on the C-Series. c Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] peer-group peer-group-name vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to reset the peer group corresponding to that VRF. Note: NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.4.1.0 Added BGP Soft Reconfiguration support for IPv4 unicast and IPv6 routes Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp ces Syntax Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates.
Related Commands Command History debug ip bgp events View information about BGP events. debug ip bgp keepalives View information about BGP keepalives. debug ip bgp notifications View information about BGP notifications. debug ip bgp updates View information about BGP updates. show debugging View enabled debugging operations. Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced support for VRF on C-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Usage Information Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only events on outbound BGP messages. EXEC Privilege Enter no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
Parameters Command Modes Usage Information Command History ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug ip bgp updates ces Syntax Enables you to view information about BGP updates. debug ip bgp updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out] command. Parameters Command Modes Usage Information in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors.
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series description ces Syntax Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes description No default behavior or values ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Version 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Caution: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. Usage Information The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor/peer group in the new AFI/SAFI. Disabled CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY By default, when a neighbor/peer group configuration is created in the Router BGP context, it is enabled for the IPv4/Unicast AFI/SAFI.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor advertisement-interval ces Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. Range: 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com When you apply a default route to a BGP peer or peer group using the neighbor default-originate command, changes to the configured default route-map are applied to the BGP peer or peer group only after a delay of 15 seconds. As a result, you must wait for a period of 15 seconds before manually resetting BGP using the clear ip bgp command. In case of eBGP, the neighbor default-originate command does not support extended-community as a non-transtive route-map attribute.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor fall-over ecs Syntax Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group.
Usage Information Related Commands Command History Use the ip as-path access-list command syntax in the CONFIGURATION mode to enter the AS-PATH ACL mode and configure AS-PATH filters to deny or permit BGP routes based on information in their AS-PATH attribute. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure AS-PATH filters. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, ACL names are up to 16 characters long.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor maximum-prefix ces Syntax Control the number of network prefixes received. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group.
To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Disabled. ROUTER BGP If the set next-hop command in the ROUTE-MAP mode is configured, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. Version 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If you specify a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name parameter, all the members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic configured with this command.
A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown) the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown). In BGP, you cannot associate a peer to a peer-group without configuring the remote-as for Internal BGP (IBGP) or External BGP (EBGP).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor peer-group passive ces Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but will respond to one. Syntax(Starting with 8.4.7.0) neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [limit sessions] Syntax(C-series before 8.4.7.0, E-Series, S-Series) neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [match-af] Parameters To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command.
neighbor remote-as ces Syntax Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Usage Information ROUTER BGP Applies to EBGP neighbors only. You must configure your system to accept 4-Byte formats before entering a 4-Byte AS Number. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed. If a confederation contains private AS numbers in its AS-PATH, the software removes the private AS numbers only if they follow the confederation numbers in the AS path.
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series neighbor route-reflector-client ces Syntax Configure the router as a route reflector and the specified neighbors as members of the cluster. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-reflector-client To remove one or more neighbors from a cluster, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-reflector-client command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor sender-side-loopdetect c Syntax Enables sender-side loop detection for BGP. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} sender-side-loopdetect To disable sender-side loop detection, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} sender-side-loopdetect command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group.
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series neighbor shutdown ces Syntax Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} no shutdown command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor. BGP will store all updates for inbound IPv4 routes received by the neighbor but will not reset the peer-session. You cannot set this configuration for a peer that is associated with a peer group. Similarly, you cannot associate a peer to a peer group if that peer is already configured with these settings. Caution: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group. keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions. Neighbors are sorted according to the source and destination ip addresses. If an update-source ip address exists, then the source ip address determines the order in which the neighbors are displayed. Command History Version 7.8.1.
To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of an established route map.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured.
If you do not configure default-metric command, in addition to the redistribute command, or there is no route map to set the metric, the metric for redistributed static and connected is “0”. To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0) configure the neighbor default-originate command. As BGP does not query next-hop information corresponding to locally originated routes, a local route with an unreachable next-hop is chosen as the best route.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com metric metric-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric followed by the metric value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. Range: 0 to 16777215 Default: 0 route-map map-name Enter the keyword route-map followed by the map name that is an identifier for a configured route map. The route map should filter imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol.
match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of a configured Route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information With Dell Networking OS version 8.3.1.0 and later, the redistribute command can be used to advertise the IGP cost as the MED on redistributed routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted. If no interfaces are enabled for Layer 3, an error message appears: % Error: No router id configured. BGP does not allow 23456 (AS-TRANS) as a configured AS number. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Note: Starting in the C-Series release 8.4.7.0, this command is not supported.
show config ces Syntax Command Modes Example View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. show config ROUTER BGP Figure 12-6. show config Command Example (conf-router_bgp)#show confi ! router bgp 45 neighbor suzanne peer-group neighbor suzanne no shutdown neighbor sara peer-group neighbor sara shutdown neighbor 13.14.15.20 peer-group suzanne neighbor 13.14.15.20 shutdown neighbor 123.34.55.123 peer-group suzanne neighbor 123.34.55.123 shutdown (conf-router_bgp)# Command History Version 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 12-7. show ip bgp Command Example (Partial) >show ip bgp BGP table version is 847562, local router ID is 63.114.8.131 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete *> * *> *> Network 0.0.0.0/0 3.0.0.0/8 Next Hop 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 0.0.0.0 63.114.8.35 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.
show ip bgp cluster-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] cluster-list [cluster-id] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 12-8.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced support for VRF on C-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series show ip bgp community ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups.
Example Figure 12-9. show ip bgp community Command Example (Partial) >show ip bgp community BGP table version is 3762622, local router ID is 63.114.8.48 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network * i 3.0.0.0/8 *>i 4.2.49.12/30 * i 4.21.132.0/23 *>i 4.24.118.16/30 *>i 4.24.145.0/30 *>i 4.24.187.12/30 *>i 4.24.202.0/30 *>i 4.25.88.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. community-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list. (max 16 chars) exact-match Enter the keyword for an exact match of the communities. EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 12-10.
Parameters Command Modes vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 12-11. Command Example: show ip bgp dampened-paths >show ip bgp damp BGP table version is 210708, local router ID is 63.114.8.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Display BGP internal information for IPv4 Unicast address family. show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] detail none EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 12-12.
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp extcommunity-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] vrf vrf-name Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information on all routes with extended community attributes corresponding to that VRF.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 12-13. Command Example: show ip bgp filter-list #show ip bgp filter-list hello BGP table version is 80227, local router ID is 120.1.1.1 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network * I 6.1.5.0/24 * I * I * I *>I * I * I * I 6.1.6.0/24 * I * I * I *>I * I * I * I 6.1.20.
show ip bgp flap-statistics ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View flap statistics on BGP routes. show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] vrf vrf-name Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view flap statistics on BGP routes corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 12-7 defines the information displayed in Figure 12-14. Table 12-7. Command History show ip bgp flap-statistics Command Example Fields Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route. Flaps Displays the number of times the route flapped. Duration Displays the hours:minutes:seconds since the route first flapped.
Example Figure 12-15. Command Example: show ip bgp inconsistent-as (Partial) >show ip bgp inconsistent-as BGP table version is 280852, local router ID is 10.1.2.100 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network * 3.0.0.0/8 * * *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- Table 12-8.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes ipv4-neighbor-addr | ipv6-neighbor-addr (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor to view only BGP route information exchanged with that neighbor. advertised-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor.
Example 1 Figure 12-17.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 12-18. Command Example: show ip bgp neighbors advertised-routes >show ip bgp neighbors 192.14.1.5 advertised-routes BGP table version is 74103, local router ID is 33.33.33.33 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop *>r 1.10.1.0/24 0.0.0.0 *>r 1.11.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 ....
Table 12-9. Command Example fields: show ip bgp neighbors Lines beginning with Description BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp next-hop ces Syntax Command Modes View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. show ip bgp next-hop EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 12-21. Command Example: show ip bgp next-hop >show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Via 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33, 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.34, 63.114.8.35 63.114.8.35, 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.
Parameters Command Modes vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. regexp regular-expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: . = (period) any single character (including a white space) * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences) + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences) ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced support for VRF on C-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series show ip bgp paths as-path Note: Starting in the C-Series release 8.4.7.0, this command is no longer supported. ces View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database Syntax show ip bgp \vrf vrf-name^ paths as-path Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 12-23.
show ip bgp paths community ces Syntax Command Modes View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] paths community EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 12-24.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group.
Table 12-14. Related Commands Command History Command Example fields: show ip bgp peer-group Line beginning with Description Number of peers Displays the number of peers currently configured for this peer group. Peer-group members: Lists the IP addresses of the peers in the peer group. If the address is outbound optimized, a * is displayed next to the IP address. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Assign peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Create a peer group.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 12-26. Command Example: show ip bgp regexp (Partial) #show ip bgp regexp ^2914+ BGP table version is 3700481, local router ID is 63.114.8.35 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *>I 3.0.0.0/8 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 1239 80 i *>I 4.0.0.0/8 1.
Usage Information In BGP, route attributes are maintained at different locations. When attributes that correspond to multiple routes change, then attribute counts that the show ip bgp summary command displays are calculated as summations of attributes corresponding to all the associated routes. For example, if cluster_id is an attribute associated with thousand routes that contain exactly the same set of attributes, then the cluster_id count is 1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 12-16. Command History Command Example fields: show ip bgp summary Field Description MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent. TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor. InQ Displays the number of messages from that neighbor waiting to be processed. OutQ Displays the number of messages waiting to be sent to that neighbor.
timers bgp ces Syntax Adjust BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, enter no timers bgp. Parameters Defaults keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 60 seconds holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
Command Modes Usage Information Command History ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) All subsequent commands will apply to this address family once this command is executed. You can exit from this AFI/SAFI to the IPv4 Unicast (the default) family by entering exit and returning to the Router BGP context. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series for MBGP IPv4 Multicast Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If the route is injected via the network command, that route will still appear in the routing table if the summary-only parameter is configured in the aggregate-address command. The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements. If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors, use the neighbor distribute-list command. Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
Usage Information Related Commands Command History When soft-reconfiguration is enabled for a neighbor and the clear ip bgp soft in is executed, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are reevaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com filter-list list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list (max 16 characters). regexp regexp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: .
Command History Version 8.4.1.0 Added BGP Soft Reconfiguration support for IPv4 unicast and IPv6 routes Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp dampening c et s Syntax View information on routes being dampened.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast routes Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp peer-group updates c et s View information about BGP peer-group updates. debug ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] To disable debugging, enter no debug ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] command.
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series distance bgp c et s Syntax Define an administrative distance for routes. distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, enter no distance bgp. Parameters Defaults Command Modes external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor/peer group in the new AFI/SAFI.
neighbor default-originate c et s Syntax Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History neighbor filter-list Assign a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor route-map Assign a route map to a neighbor or peer group. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series neighbor filter-list c et s Syntax Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute.
neighbor maximum-prefix c et s Syntax Control the number of network prefixes received. neighbor ip-address | peer-group-name maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor ip-address | peer-group-name maximum-prefix maximum command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series neighbor remove-private-as c et s Syntax Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. neighbor ip-address | peer-group-name remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor ip-address | peer-group-name remove-private-as command.
Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer. Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. Disabled ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgp_af) This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor.
Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Dell Networking OS resolves the network address configured by the network command with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable via non-BGP routes and non-default routes. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series redistribute ospf c et s Syntax Redistribute OSPF routes into BGP. redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command.
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series show ip bgp community ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes community-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series show ip bgp dampened-paths c et s Syntax Command Modes View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). show ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampened-paths EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address. filter-list as-path-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp ipv4 multicast c et s Syntax Parameters Command Modes View the current MBGP routing table for the system. show ip bgp ipv4 multicast [detail | network [network-mask] [length]] detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Multicast address family. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors c et s Syntax Parameters Command Modes Displays information on IPv4 multicast routes exchanged by BGP neighbors.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 1 Figure 12-29. Command Example: show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors #show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors BGP neighbor is 25.25.25.25, remote AS 6400, internal link BGP version 4, remote router ID 25.25.25.
Table 12-18. Command Example fields: show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors Lines beginning with Description BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group.
Table 12-19. Command History Command Example fields: show ip bgp ipv4 multicast summary Field Description network entries Displays the number of network entries and route paths and the amount of memory used to process those entries. BGP path attribute entries Displays the number of BGP path attributes and the amount of memory used to process them. BGP AS-PATH entries Displays the number of BGP AS_PATH attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute. It provides two major advantages over Standard Communities: • The range is extended from 4-octet (AA:NN) to 8-octet (Type:Value) to provide enough number communities. Communities are structured using a new “Type” field (1 or 2-octets), allowing you to provide granular control/filter routing information based on the type of extended communities.
Related Commands Command History permit Configure to add (permit) rules show ip extcommunity-list Display the Extended Community list Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series deny regex ces Syntax This features enables you to specify an extended communities to reject (deny) using a regular expressions (regex). deny regex {regex} To remove, use the no deny regex {regex} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ip extcommunity-list ces Syntax Use this feature to enter the Extended Community-list mode. ip extcommunity-list word To exit from this mode, use the exit command.
Example Figure 12-33. Command Example: match extcommunity (config-route-map)#match extcommunity Freedombird (config-route-map)# Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series permit ces Syntax Use this feature to add rules (permit) from the two types of extended communities, Route Origin (rt) or Site-of-Origin (soo).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Example Enter a regular expression. regex Not configured CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Figure 12-34. Command Example: permit regexp (conf-ext-community-list)#permit regexp 123 (conf-ext-community-list)# Related Commands deny regex Command History Deny a community using a regular expression Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
• • Related Commands Command History If rt options comes after soo, without the additive option, then rt overrides the communities set by soo If rt with additive option comes after soo, then rt adds the communities set by soo set extcommunity soo Set extended community site-of-origin in route-map. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Use this feature to display IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name. show ip bgp [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list name multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to display the unicast route information.
show ip bgp paths extcommunity ces Syntax Command Modes Use this feature to display all BGP paths having extended community attributes. show ip bgp paths extcommunity EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 12-36. Command Example: show ip bgp paths community (Partial) #show ip bgp paths extcommunity Total 1 Extended Communities Address Hash Refcount Extended Community 0x41d57024 # 12272 1 RT:7:200 SoO:5:300 SoO:0.0.0.3:1285 Table 12-20.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 12-37. Command Example: show ip extcommunity-list #show ip extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test deny RT:1234:12 permit regexp 123 deny regexp 234 deny regexp 123 # Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
13 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) Overview Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands are supported C-Series, E-Series TeraScale and S-Series, as indicated by the symbols under each command heading: c et s This chapter includes information relating to the E-Series TeraScale platform. Refer to Chapter 13, Content Addressable Memory (CAM) for ExaScale for information on the commands for the E-Series ExaScale platform. Note: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • • CAM Profiles are available on Dell Networking OS versions 6.3.1.1 and later for the E-Series TeraScale. Refer to Chapter 13, Content Addressable Memory (CAM) for ExaScale for information on the commands for the E-Series ExaScale platform. Dell Networking OS versions 7.8.1.0 and later support CAM allocations on the C-Series and S-Series.
cam-acl (Configuration) cs Allocate CAM for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs Syntax cam-acl {default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number, ipv4qos number l2qos number, l2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl number [vman-qos | vman-dual-qos number} [vrfv4acl number] Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com cam-acl (EXEC Privilege) cs Adjust line card CAM setting to match chassis settings. This command is deprecated as of Dell Networking OS 8.3.1.0 Syntax Command Modes Command History cam-acl {chassis |linecard} EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.1.0 COMMAND DEPRECATED Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series cam-optimization cs Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy-map CAM space.
cam-profile (Config) e Syntax Parameters Set the default CAM profile and the required microcode. cam-profile profile microcode microcode profile Choose one of the following CAM profiles: • • • • • • • • • • microcode microcode Enter the keyword default to specify the default CAM profile. Enter the keyword eg-default to specify the default CAM profile for EG (dual-CAM) line cards.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for l2-switched-pbr microcode. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for the ipv4-64k-ipv6 profile. Version 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF protocols. Version 7.5.1.0 Added the l2-ipv4-inacl CAM profile Version 7.4.2.0 Added the unified-default CAM profile and lag-hash-align microcode Version 7.4.1.0 Added the lag-hash-mpls microcode Version 6.5.1.
Example Figure 13-1. Command Output: show cam-acl (default) FTOS#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 5 Ipv4Acl : 6 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 1 L2Qos : 1 -- Line card 4 -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 5 Ipv4Acl : 6 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 1 L2Qos : 1 FTOS# Figure 13-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters profile (OPTIONAL) Choose a single CAM profile to display: • • • • • • • • • microcode microcode • • that require the same hashing for bi-directional traffic. Enter the keyword lag-hash-mpls to select the microcode for hashing based on • • • Command Modes Command History Usage Information 452 | CAM allocations for the IPv6 and IPv4 FIB while allocating more CAM space for the Ingress and Egress Layer 2 ACL, and IPv4 ACL regions.
Example 1 Figure 13-3. Command Output: show cam-profile summary FTOS#show cam-profile summary -- Chassis CAM Profile -: Current Settings : Next Boot Profile Name : Default : Default MicroCode Name : Default : Default : Current Settings : Next Boot -- Line card 1 -Profile Name : Default : Default MicroCode Name : Default : Default : Current Settings : Next Boot -- Line card 6 -Profile Name : Default : Default MicroCode Name : Default : Default FTOS# Example 2 Figure 13-4.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example acl (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display Layer 3 CAM usage. switch (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display Layer 2 CAM usage. None EXEC Privilege Version 6.5.1.0 Figure 13-5.
Example Figure 13-7.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces. It is most useful when a policy is applied across multiple interfaces; it can reduce the impact to CAM usage across subsequent interfaces. Example Figure 13-9. The following examples show some sample output when using the test cam-usage command.
Figure 13-10.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com cam ipv4flow (EXEC Privilege) et Configure the amount of CAM space in IPv4flow sub-regions. This command is deprecated as of Dell Networking OS 8.3.1.0 Syntax Command Modes Command History cam ipv4flow {chassis all | linecard number} {default | acl value multicast-fib value pbr value qos value system-flow value trace-list value} EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.1.0 COMMAND DEPRECATED Version 6.3.1.
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series CAM profile changes take effect after the next chassis reboot. copy Save the running configuration. show cam-ipv4flow Display the CAM IPv4flow entries. show cam-ipv4flow et Syntax Command Modes Display details about the IPv4Flow sub-regions. show cam-ipv4flow EXEC Privilege Command History Version 6.3.1.0 Example Figure 13-11.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands cam-ipv4flow (CONFIGURATION) Configure the amount of CAM space in IPv4flow sub-regions. CAM Layer 2 ACL Commands IPv4Flow sub-partitions are supported on the E-Series TeraScale platform et The CAM Layer 2 ACL commands are: • • • cam l2acl (EXEC Privilege) cam-l2acl (CONFIGURATION) show cam-l2acl The 18-megabit user configurable CAM is divided into multiple regions such as Layer 2 FIB, Layer 3 FIB, IPv4Flow, IPv4 Ingress ACL, etc.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands default Enter this keyword to reset the Layer 2 ACL CAM sub-partition space allocations to the default values (Sysflow: 6, L2ACL: 14, PVST: 50, QoS: 12, L2PT: 13, FRRP: 5). system-flow percentage Allocate a percentage of the Layer 2 ACL CAM space for system flow entries. Enter the keyword system-flow, and specify the percentage.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 13-12.
14 Configuration Rollback Overview The Configuration Rollback feature is enabled on the C-Series c and E-Series e. Configuration Rollback enables you to archive your running configurations for future use. This feature also enables you to replace your running configuration with an archived running configuration without rebooting the chassis. Once you load an archived configuration, you have the option to confirm the replacement or revert (roll back) to your previous configuration.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com archive ce Enter the CONFIGURATION ARCHIVE mode. Syntax archive To exit the CONFIGURATION ARCHIVE mode, use the exit command at the CONFIGURATION ARCHIVE mode prompt (conf-archive). Defaults Command Modes Command History No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION ARCHIVE (conf-archive) Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series. Example FTOS#conf FTOS(conf)#archive FTOS(conf-archive)# FTOS# archive backup ce Copy an archive file to another location.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example comment comment Describe the configuration that you are archiving using up to 30 characters. No default values or behavior EXEC Privilege Version 7.7.1.0 Comment option added Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series Archive files are stored on flash in a hidden directory named CFGARCH. This directory name is a acronym for Configure Archive. A maximum of 15 archive files can be stored in this directory.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Related Commands EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series show archive Display the archive configure replace ce Replace the running configuration with a specified file. Syntax configure replace {flash://filepath | startup-config [force | time seconds]} Parameters flash://filepath Enter the path flash:.// followed by the file path of the local file system to copy your file to the local location.
Related Commands configuration mode exclusive Enable exclusive configuration. configuration mode exclusive ce Enable exclusive configuration mode. Syntax configuration mode exclusive {auto | manual} To negate the configuration, use the no configuration mode exclusive {auto | manual} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information auto Enter auto to set the exclusive mode to auto. manual Enter manual to set the exclusive mode to manual (the default).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example FTOS(conf)#configuration mode exclusive auto FTOS(conf)#exit 3d23h35m: %RPM0-P:CP %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console FTOS#config! Locks configuration mode exclusively. FTOS(conf)# Note: When your session times out and you return to EXEC mode, the lock is no longer set. Related Commands configure terminal When configuration is set to manual, use this command to set the exclusive mode.
show archive ce Display the content of the archive. Syntax show archive Defaults Command Modes No default values or behavior EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.6.1.0 Figure 14-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show configuration lock ce Show the configuration lock status. Syntax show configuration lock Defaults Command Modes Command History Example None EXEC Privilege Version 7.7.1.0 Figure 14-4.
Example Figure 14-5. show run diff archive Command Example FTOS#show run diff archive_7 running-config ------< policy-map-input test running-config ------< archive < maximum 3 flash:/CFGARCH_DIR/archive_7 ------> archive FTOS# time-period ce Set a time period to automatically save an archive file. Syntax time-period {minutes} To stop the auto-save, use the no time-period {minutes} command.
| Configuration Rollback www.dell.com | support.dell.
15 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Overview Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on configuration policies determined by network administrators.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ip dhcp cs Reset DHCP counters. Syntax clear ip dhcp [binding {address} | conflict | server statistics] Parameters Command Mode Default Command History Usage Information binding Enter this keyword to delete all entries in the binding table. address Enter the IP address to clear the binding entry for a single IP address. conflicts Enter this keyword to delete all of the log entries created for IP address conflicts.
Parameters Command Mode Default Command History events Enter this keyword to display DHCP state changes. packet Enter this keyword to display packet transmission/reception. EXEC Privilege None Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. default-router cs Assign a default gateway to clients based on address pool. Syntax default-router address [address2...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Mode Default Command History address Enter the a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to 8 servers, in order of preference. DHCP None Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. domain-name cs Assign a domain to clients based on address pool. Syntax domain-name name Parameters Command Mode Default Command History name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool.
Parameters Command Mode Default Command History address Enter the hardware address of the client. DHCP None Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. host cs For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. Syntax host address Parameters Command Mode Default Command History address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. DHCP None Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Mode Default Command History trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. vrf (C-Series only) Enter the keyword vrf to include VRF related information in the Option 82. Note: This configuration enables the relay agent to include VRF related information when it forwards the broadcasts from client to DHCP server. CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced support for VRF on C-Series.
Default Command History None Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. netbios-node-type cs Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid. Syntax netbios-node-type type Parameters type Enter the NETBIOS node type. Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node. Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node. Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Default Command History DHCP None Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp binding cs Display the DHCP binding table. Syntax show ip dhcp binding Command Mode Default Command History EXEC Privilege None Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration cs Display the DHCP configuration.
Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp database cs Display the DHCP database. Syntax show ip dhcp database Command Mode Default EXEC Privilege None Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp server cs Display the DHCP server statistics. Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Command Mode Default EXEC Privilege None Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com arp inspection ces Syntax Command Modes Default Command History Related Commands Enable Dynamic Arp Inspection (DAI) on a VLAN. arp inspection INTERFACE VLAN Disabled Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table.
ip dhcp snooping ces Syntax Command Modes Default Command History Usage Information Enable DHCP Snooping globally. [no] ip dhcp snooping CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series for Layer 2 interfaces. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series on Layer 3 interfaces. When enabled, no learning takes place until snooping is enabled on a VLAN.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac followed by the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan-id followed by the VLAN to which the host belongs. Range: 2-4094 ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip followed by the IP address that the server is leasing. interface type Enter the keyword interface followed by the type of interface to which the host is connected.
ip dhcp snooping trust ces Syntax Command Modes Default Command History Configure an interface as trusted. [no] ip dhcp snooping trust INTERFACE Untrusted Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series ip dhcp source-address-validation ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Default Command History Usage Information Enable IP Source Guard.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series When enabled the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLAN(s). Note that learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN. Configure an interface as trusted. ip dhcp snooping trust ip dhcp relay ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Default Command History Enable Option 82.
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address ces Syntax Command Modes Default Command History Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 8.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
16 Equal Cost Multi-Path Overview The characters that appear below command headings indicate support for the associated Dell Networking platform, as follows: • • • C-Series: c E-Series: e S-Series: s Commands The ECMP commands are: • • • • • hash-algorithm hash-algorithm ecmp hash-algorithm seed ip ecmp-deterministic ipv6 ecmp-deterministic hash-algorithm e Syntax Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across a Port Channel.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults algorithm-number Enter the algorithm number. Range: 0 to 47 Note: For EtherScale, range 0 to 15 is valid; 16 to 47 will be considered as 15. ecmp hash algorithm value TeraScale and ExaScale Only: Enter the keyword ecmp followed by the ECMP hash algorithm value. Range: 0 to 47 lag hash algorithm value TeraScale and ExaScale Only: Enter the keyword lag followed by the LAG hash algorithm value.
FTOS(conf)#hash-algorithm linecard 5 ip-sa-mask ff ip-da-mask ff % Error: This command is not supported in the current microcode configuration. In addition, the linecard number ip-sa-mask value ip-da-mask value option has the following behavior to maintain bi-directionality: • • When hashing is done on both IPSA and IPDA, the ip-sa-mask and ip-da-mask values must be equal.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com hash-algorithm ecmp cs Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Deterministic ECMP sorts ECMPs in order even though RTM provides them in a random order. However, the hash algorithm uses as a seed the lower 12 bits of the chassis MAC, which yields a different hash result for every chassis. This means that for a given flow, even though the prefixes are sorted, two unrelated chassis will select different hops.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com With 8 or less ECMPs, the ordering is lexicographic and deterministic. With more than 8 ECMPs, ordering is deterministic, but it is not in lexicographic order. Command Modes 494 | Syntax Defaults Command History Usage Information ipv6 ecmp-deterministic Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. After enabling IPv6 Deterministic ECMP, traffic loss occurs for a few milliseconds while Dell Networking OS sorts the CAM entries.
17 Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Overview FTOS supports Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) on the Ethernet interfaces of the E-Series, as indicated by the e character that appears below each command heading. This feature detects and reports far-end link failures. • • • FEFD is not supported on the Management interface. During an RPM failover, FEFD is operationally disabled for approximately 8-10 seconds. By default, FEFD is disabled.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
fefd-global e Syntax Enable FEFD globally on the system. fefd-global [mode {normal | aggressive}] To disable FEFD globally, use the no fefd-global [mode {normal | aggressive}] command syntax. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information mode normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords mode normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure is detected by the software on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. Range: 3 to 300 seconds Default: 15 seconds 15 seconds INTERFACE fefd-global interval e Syntax Configure an interval between FEFD control packets. fefd-global interval seconds To return to the default value, enter no fefd-global interval. Parameters Defaults Command Modes seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets.
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 17-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
18 Dell Networking OS Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Overview Dell Networking OS Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) is supported on platforms c e s FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the Spanning Tree Protocol. The Resilient Ring Protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • Each ring can have only one Master node; all others are Transit nodes. clear frrp ce Clear the FRRP statistics counters. Syntax clear frrp [ring-id] Parameters Defaults Command Modes ring-id No default values or behavior EXEC Command History Example (Optional) Enter the ring identification number. Range: 1 to 255 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced Figure 18-1.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets. detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced interface ce Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. Syntax interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command causes the Ring Manager to take ownership of these two ports after the configuration is validated by the IFM. Ownership is relinquished for a port only when the interface does not play a part in any control VLAN, that is, the interface does not belong to any ring.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced protocol frrp ce Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ring-id Enter the ring identification number. Range: 1 to 255 No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION Version 8.2.1.
Example 1 Figure 18-2. show frrp summary Command Example FTOS#show frrp summary Ring-ID State Mode Ctrl_Vlan Member_Vlans ----------------------------------------------------------------2 UP Master 2 11-20, 25,27-30 31 UP Transit 31 40-41 50 Down Transit 50 32 FTOS# Example 2 Figure 18-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information 508 | hello-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello-interval followed by the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets. The milliseconds must be enter in increments of 50 milliseconds, for example 50, 100, 150 and so on. If an invalid value is enter, an error message is generated.
19 Dell Networking OS Service Agent Overview The Dell Networking OS Service Agent (FTSA), commonly called a call-home service, collects information from the chassis manager, constructs email messages, and sends the messages to the recipients that you configure. For details on the use of FTSA commands and the structure of FTSA messages, see the Service Agent (FTSA) chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
action-list ce Specify an action list for the associated policy and enter the conf-call-home-actionlist-name mode. Syntax [no] action-list word Parameters Defaults Command Modes word none config-callhome-policy-name Command History Usage Information Enter the keyword action-list followed by the name of a configured policy action list. Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands call-home Start FTSA and Enter the FTSA mode. domain-name Specify the domain name to be used for the Administrator’s email address. server Configure a recipient. smtp server-address Identify the local SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) server from which FTSA email messages will be forwarded. call-home ce This command has two functions: • • Syntax Start FTSA. Enter the CONFIGURATION (conf-callhome) mode.
case-number ce Specify a case number for the associated policy. Syntax [no] case-number word Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information word Enter the keyword case-number followed by a case number in the format C-xxxxx or c-xxxxx, where x = 0 to 9. Range: 1 to 20 characters. none config-callhome-policy-name Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series This is an optional command that you access by entering the policy command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com seq cli-action ce Configure an action to execute an Dell Networking OS command for one-time operation, triggered as part of the selected action list. Syntax seq number cli-action command Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands seq number Use the keyword seq followed by a number that Dell Networking OS uses to execute the list of actions in numerical order. command Enter a mode command. None CALL-HOME ACTION-LIST Version 8.2.1.
If the debug command has spaces, such as debug ip bgp events, put the words following debug in double quotes. Related Commands action-list Specify an action list for the associated policy and enter the conf-call-home-actionlist-name mode. seq cli-show ce Configure an action to collect the output of the designated show command a designated number of times at a designated time interval.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com contact-address ce Enter your customer address (up to 100 characters) to be included in type 5 FTSA messages. Syntax contact-address string Defaults none Command Modes CALL-HOME Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on C-Series and E-Series call-home Start FTSA and enter CONFIGURATION (conf-callhome) mode. contact-email ce Enter a customer email address (up to 60 characters) to be included in type 5 FTSA messages.
contact-notes ce Enter comments (up to 100 characters) to be included in the configuration database and in type 5 FTSA messages. Syntax contact-notes string Defaults none Command Modes CALL-HOME Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on C-Series and E-Series call-home Start FTSA and enter CONFIGURATION (conf-callhome) mode. contact-phone ce Enter a customer phone number (up to 50 characters) to be included in type-5 FTSA messages.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug call-home ce Monitor FTSA email messages through the CLI. Syntax debug call-home To turn message monitoring off, use the no debug call-home command. Defaults Command Modes no debug call-home EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced for E-Series show debugging Display the status of FTSA (call-home) debugging.
default-test ce Invoke one of three preset system-monitoring test groups. Syntax default-test {hardware | software | exception} Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information Related Commands hardware Enter the keyword hardware to monitor hardware conditions. See the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the list of conditions monitored by this keyword. software Enter the keyword software to monitor software conditions.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com domain-name ce Specify the domain name for the Administrator’s email address. Syntax domain-name domain_name To remove the domain name, use the no domain-name command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands domain name Enter the keyword domain-name followed by the complete domain name of the Administrator’s email address, for example, domain_name.com.
Related Commands admin-email Specify the Administrator’s email address. call-home Start FTSA and Enter the FTSA mode. smtp server-address Configure the SMTP server detail. enable-all ce Enable (start) the sending of FTSA email messages to all designated recipients. Syntax enable-all To disable (end) the sending of FTSA email messages to all designated recipients, use the no enable command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Encryption is supported through PGP (Pretty Good Privacy). Encryption cannot be enabled without a public key for the server. On E-Series chassis, this command is only supported for TeraScale cards. Note: Execute the encrypt command only after the keyadd command is executed. Related Commands call-home Start FTSA and Enter the FTSA mode. keyadd Add a public key to the server. server Configure each recipient.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION Server (conf-callhome-server_name) Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced for E-Series The Dell Networking server associated with the default Dell Networking Support recipient has a public key that is shipped as part of Dell Networking OS, so you do not need to enter the key’s filename for that server.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The default severity level of 7 is the recommended severity level. Lower values will result in partial log data sent to the server because messages with higher values are filtered out. Related Commands call-home Start FTSA and Enter the FTSA mode. log-only Select the information collection action that matches the selected test group. logging buffered Enable logging and specify which messages are logged to an internal buffer.
match ce This command enables you to execute the configured action list based on one of three test list criteria. Syntax match {any | all | simultaneous} Parameters Default Command Mode Command History Related Commands all Entering this keyword will require that all conditions in the test list be matched in order to execute the associated action list. any Entering this keyword will cause a match for any item in the test list to execute the associated action list. This is the default option.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Type - 5
Usage Information Related Commands You can create up to five concurrent policies with this command. A policy is the association of a test list with an action list, and optionally a case number. Choose the test list (the type of monitoring to perform) with the policy-test-list command. Choose the associated action to perform with the policy-action-list command. call-home Start FTSA and Enter the FTSA mode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information After you name the test list with this command, use the command such as default-test to choose the type of monitoring to perform. pr-number ce Enter a PR (problem report) number associated with the selected policy. The number is the issue identifier (bug ID) maintained by Dell Networking. Syntax pr-number number Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Related Commands number Enter a 5-digit PR number, as supplied by Dell Networking.
run-cpu ce Set whether the action list associated with the selected test list should be executed, as a function of CPU utilization. Syntax run-cpu {cpu | rpm-any} {less-than | greater-than} percentage Parameters Default Command Mode Enter a CPU utilization percentage. Range: 0–100 cpu Select a CPU: CP, LP, RP1, or RP2 rpm-any Monitor all RPM CPUs for the run-cpu condition (CP, RP1, and RP2) None CALL-HOME POLICY Command History Usage percentage Version 8.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Command History Related Commands conf-callhome-policy Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series policy Create a policy with a name and enter config-callhome-policy-name mode. policy-test-list Name a policy test list and enter the config-callhome-actionlist-name mode. test-condition (comparing samples) Collect multiple samples of a statistic and compare them using the specified comparator and hurdle value.
If you want to use encryption for a particular recipient’s email messages, the server name must match the user ID that is in the encryption file that the recipient will use to decrypt the messages. Use the keyadd command to designate the encryption file. Related Commands call-home Start FTSA and Enter the FTSA mode. enable Enable FTSA (call home) email for the selected recipient. recipient Enter the recipient’s email address. enable Enable FTSA (call home) email for the selected recipient.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 19-3. show debugging (FTSA) Command Example FTOS(conf-callhome)#show debugging CALLHOME: Callhome service debugging is on FTOS(conf-callhome)# Related Commands debug call-home Monitor FTSA email messages through the CLI. show keys ce Display the email encryption (PGP) keys. On E-Series chassis, this command is only supported for TeraScale cards.
smtp server-address ce Identify the local SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) server from which FTSA email messages will be forwarded. Syntax smtp server-address server-address [smtp-port port number] To remove the SMTP address, use the no smtp server-address command. This action will disable email messaging until you enter a new SMTP server address. Parameters server-address server address Enter the keyword server-address followed by the SMTP server address, such as smtp.yourco.com.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com test-condition (comparing samples) ce Configure an action to collect and compare multiple samples of a statistic.
Examples FTOS(conf-call-home-testlist-test)#test-condition cpu-1-min increase number ? <0-100> Enter the boolean comparision value FTOS(conf-call-home-testlist-test)#test-condition cpu-1-min increase number 80 sample 5 FTOS(conf-callhome-testlist-test)#test-condition cpu-5-min decrease ? <0-100> Enter the boolean comparision value FTOS(conf-callhome-testlist-test)#test-condition cpu-5-min decrease 10 In this next example, the configuration is to subtract the bit rate that was found in the second sample fro
www.dell.com | support.dell.
test-condition (comparing samples) Collect multiple samples of a statistic and compare them using the specified comparator and hurdle value. test-condition message-text (deprecated) Search for a stated value in the output of the designated show command or message type. test-condition message-text (deprecated) ce Configure a search for a stated value in the output of the designated show command or message type — syslog or other error messages, sent to the console, trap, or message logged locally.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
test-limit ce Set the number of times that the test list should be executed. Syntax test -limit number Parameters Default Command Mode Command History Related Commands number Set the number of times the test list matches that should be attempted. Range: 0–256 none. If the test-limit number is removed or not configured, there is no limit for how many times to test for the condition. conf-callhome-policy Version 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com test-list ce Enter the name of a configured test list to be associated with the selected policy. Syntax test-list word Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information word Enter the keyword test-list followed by the name of a configured test list. No default behavior or values config-callhome-policy-name Version 7.7.1.
20 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) Overview GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) is supported on platforms c, e, and s Commands The GVRP commands are: • • • • • • • • • • • • bpdu-destination-mac-address clear gvrp statistics debug gvrp disable garp timers gvrp enable gvrp registration protocol gvrp show config show garp timers show gvrp show gvrp statistics on page 27 The GARP (Generic Attribute Registration Protocol) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • • • • • GVRP is supported on Layer 2 ports only. All VLAN ports added by GVRP are tagged. GVRP is supported on untagged ports belonging to a default VLAN, and tagged ports. GVRP cannot be enabled on untagged ports belonging to a non-default VLAN unless native VLAN is turned on. GVRP requires end stations with dynamic access NICs.
clear gvrp statistics ces Syntax Parameters Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. clear gvrp statistics interface interface interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/LEAVE events. pdu Enter the keyword pdu followed one of the following Interface keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter the keyword join followed by the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. Range: 100-2147483647 milliseconds Default: 200 milliseconds Note: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100 leave Enter the keyword leave followed by the number of milliseconds to configure the leave time.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 disable Introduced on C, E, and S-Series Globally disable GVRP. gvrp registration ces Syntax Configure the GVRP register type. gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information fixed Enter the keyword fixed followed by the VLAN range in a comma separated VLAN ID set.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Related Commands disable Introduced on C, E, and S-Series Globally disable GVRP. show config ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Related Commands Display the global GVRP configuration. show config CONFIGURATION-GVRP Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C, E, and S-Series gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show gvrp ces Syntax Parameters Display the GVRP configuration. show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Defaults Command Modes For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Related Commands show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP statistics show gvrp statistics ces Syntax Parameters Display the GVRP configuration statistics. show gvrp statistics {interface interface | summary} interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by one of the interface keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • summary Defaults Command Modes For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information • • • • • • The incoming GVRP PDU has an incorrect length. “End of PDU” was reached before the complete attribute could be parsed. The Attribute Type of the attribute that was being parsed was not the GVRP VID Attribute Type (0x01). The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid attribute length. The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid GARP event. The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid VLAN ID. The valid range is 1 - 4095.
21 High Availability (HA) Overview High Availability (HA) in Dell Networking OS is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a Route Processor Module (RPM) failure. The feature is available on the C-Series and E-Series where noted by these symbols under command headings: c e Dell Networking OS on the E-Series supports RPM 1 + 1 redundancy. The Primary RPM performs all routing and control operations, while the Secondary RPM is online and monitoring the Primary RPM.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com patch flash://RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR e Syntax Insert an In-Service Modular Hot-Fix patch. patch flash://RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR/patch-filename To remove the patch, enter no patch flash://RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR/patch-filename Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information None CONFIGURATION Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced The patch filename includes the Dell Networking OS version, the platform, the cpu, and the process it affects (FTOS-platform-cpu-process-patchversion.rtp).
Related Commands show processes restartable redundancy auto-failover-limit ce Specify an auto-failover limit for RPMs. When an non-recoverable fatal error is detected, an automatic RPM failover occurs. This command does not affect user-initiated (manual) failovers. Syntax redundancy auto-failover-limit [count number [period minutes] | period minutes]] To disable the auto-failover limit control, enter no redundancy auto-failover-limit.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.1.0 Added the all option Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Enabling this command will keep the failed RPM in the failed state. If there are two RPMs in the system, enabling this command prevents the failed RPM from becoming a working Standby RPM. If there is only one RPM in the system, the failed RPM will not recover—this will effect the system.
Example Figure 21-1. redundancy force-failover rpm Command Example FTOS#redundancy force-failover rpm Peer RPM's SW version is different but HA compatible. Failover can be done by warm or hitless upgrade. All linecards will be reset during warm upgrade. Specify hitless upgrade or warm upgrade [confirm hitless/warm]:hitless Proceed with warm upgrade [confirm yes/no]: Example Figure 21-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Related Commands CONFIGURATION Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series show lacp Display the lacp configuration show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration. redundancy reset-counter e Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Reset failover counter and timestamp information displayed in the show redundancy command output.
Example Figure 21-3. redundancy sfm standby Command Example FTOS#show sfm all Switch Fabric State: up -- Switch Fabric Modules -Slot Status --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 active 1 active FTOS#configure FTOS(conf)#redundancy sfm standby Taking secondary SFM offline...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show patch e Syntax Command Modes Command History Related Commands Display the system patches loaded with the In-Service Modular Hot Fix Command. show patch EXEC Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Insert an In-Service Modular Hot-Fix patch. patch flash:// RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR show processes restartable e Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example Display the processes and tasks configured for restartability.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Figure 21-4. show redundancy Command Example FTOS#show redundancy -- RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM Slot ID: 1 RPM Redundancy Role: Primary RPM State: Active RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 21-1. show redundancy Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description RPM Redundancy Configuration Displays the following information: • • • • • RPM Failover Record Displays the following information: • • • Last Data Sync Record which RPM is the preferred Primary on next boot (redundancy primary command) the data sync method configured (redundancy synchronize command).
22 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Overview The platforms on which a command is supported is indicated by the character — e for the E-Series, c for the C-Series, and s for the S-Series — that appears below each command heading. This chapter contains the following sections: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands FTOS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • ip igmp ssm-map ip igmp static-group ip igmp version show ip igmp groups show ip igmp interface show ip igmp ssm-map clear ip igmp groups ces Syntax Parameters Clear entries from the group cache table. clear ip igmp groups [group-address | interface] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
Parameters group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • Defaults Command Modes Command History For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. Disabled EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip igmp group-join-limit ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Use this feature to limit the number of IGMP groups that can be joined in a second. ip igmp group-join-limit number number Enter the number of IGMP groups permitted to join in a second. Range: 1 to 10000 No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.6.1.
ip igmp last-member-query-interval ces Syntax Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between Group-Specific Query messages. ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, enter no ip igmp last-member-query-interval. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip igmp query-interval ces Syntax Change the transmission frequency of IGMP general queries sent by the Querier. ip igmp query-interval seconds To return to the default values, enter no ip igmp query-interval. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter the number of seconds between queries sent out. Default: 60 seconds Range: 1 to 18000 60 seconds INTERFACE Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.
ip igmp ssm-map ces Syntax Use a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list source-address Undo this configuration, that is, remove SSM map (S,G) states and replace them with (*,G) states using the command ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list source-address command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support the exclude and include options E-Series legacy command Usage Information A group in the include mode should have at least one source address defined. In exclude mode if no source address is specified, Dell Networking OS implicitly assumes all sources are included. If neither include or exclude is specified, Dell Networking OS implicitly assumes a IGMPv2 static join.
Parameters group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: • • • • • • • • detail Command Modes For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example VLT Note: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the following example indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up. FTOS#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Uptime 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information Example IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces—specifying VLAN will not yield a results. Figure 22-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com IGMP Snooping Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 on all Dell Networking systems: • • • • • • • ip igmp snooping enable ip igmp snooping fast-leave ip igmp snooping flood ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval ip igmp snooping mrouter ip igmp snooping querier show ip igmp snooping mrouter Important Points to Remember for IGMP Snooping • • • • • • • • • • Dell Networking OS supports version 1, version 2, and version 3 hosts.
ip igmp snooping enable ces Syntax Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping. ip igmp snooping enable To disable IGMP snooping, enter no ip igmp snooping enable command. Defaults Command Modes Disabled CONFIGURATION INTERFACE VLAN Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information You must enter this command to enable IGMP snooping.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip igmp snooping flood ces This command controls the flooding behavior of unregistered multicast data packets. On the E-Series, when flooding is enabled (the default), unregistered multicast data traffic is flooded to all ports in a VLAN. When flooding is disabled, unregistered multicast data traffic is forwarded to only multicast router ports, both static and dynamic, in a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping mrouter ces Syntax Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface. ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command. Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic does not need to be routed. An IP address must be assigned to the VLAN interface for the switch to act as a querier for this VLAN.
23 \ Interfaces Overview This chapter defines interface commands and is divided into the following sections: • • • • Basic Interface Commands Port Channel Commands Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) UDP Broadcast The symbols c e s under command headings indicate which Dell Networking platforms — C-Series, E-Series, or S-Series, respectively — support the command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: • • • • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands mac learning-limit Allow aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learnt MACs. show interfaces Displays information on the interfaces. clear dampening ces Syntax Parameters Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface.
Syntax Parameters [no] cx4-cable-length {long | medium | short} long | medium | short Enter the keyword that matches the cable length to be used at the selected port: short = For 1-meter and 3-meter cable lengths medium = For 5-meter cable length long = For 10-meter and 15-meter cable lengths Defaults Mode Command History Usage Information medium Interface Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series This command only works on ports that the system recognizes as CX4 ports.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com dampening ces Syntax Configure dampening on an interface. dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [max-suppress-time]] To disable dampening, use the no dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [max-suppress-time]] command syntax. Parameters half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires.
Related Commands clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. show interfaces dampening Display interface dampening information. description ces Syntax Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. description desc_text To delete a description, enter no description. Parameters Defaults Command Modes desc_text No description is defined.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on E300 systems only When an E300 system boots up and a single SFM is active this configuration, any ports configured with this feature will be shut down. If an SFM fails (or is removed) in an E300 system with two SFM, ports configured with this feature will be shut down. All other ports are treated normally. When a second SFM is installed or replaced, all ports are booted up and treated as normally.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information half Enter the keyword half to set the physical interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the physical interface to transmit in both directions. Not configured INTERFACE Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 6.5.1.9 and 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series with thresholds The globally assigned 48-bit Multicast address 01-80-C2-00-00-01 is used to send and receive pause frames.
Dell Networking OS only supports rx on tx on and rx off tx off for speeds less than 1 Gig (Symmetric). On the C-Series and S-Series systems, the flow-control sender and receiver must be on the same port-pipe. Flow control is not supported across different port-pipes on the C-Series or S-Series system. • • Example Figure 23-4. show running config (partial) FTOS(conf-if-gi-0/1)#show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 0/1 no ip address switchport no negotiation auto flowcontrol rx off tx on no shutdown ..
www.dell.com | support.dell.com interface ces Syntax Parameters Configure a physical interface on the switch. interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Example For 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
interface loopback ces Syntax Configure a Loopback interface. interface loopback number To remove a loopback interface, use the no interface loopback number command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example number Enter a number as the interface number. Range: 0 to 16383. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Figure 23-6.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 23-7. interface ManagementEthernet Command Example FTOS(conf)#interface managementethernet 0/0 FTOS(conf-if-ma-0/0)# Usage Information You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). Use the ip address command to assign an IP address to the Management port. If two RPMs are installed in your system, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM.
interface range ces Syntax This command permits configuration of a range of interfaces to which subsequent commands are applied (bulk configuration). Using the interface range command, identical commands can be entered for a range of interface. interface range interface , interface , ... Parameters interface , interface , ... Enter the keyword interface range and one of the interfaces — slot/port, port-channel or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • Example When the interface range prompt has multiple port ranges, the smaller port range is excluded from the prompt. If overlapping port ranges are specified, the port range is extended to the smallest start port and the biggest end port. Figure 23-9. Bulk Configuration Warning Message FTOS(conf)#interface range so 2/0 - 1 , te 10/0 , gi 3/0 , fa 0/0 % Warning: Non-existing ports (not configured) are ignored by interface-range Example Figure 23-10.
The following figure shows how to use commas to add SONET, VLAN, and port-channel interfaces to the range. Example Figure 23-14. Multiple Range Bulk Configuration with SONET, VLAN, and port channel FTOS(config-if)# interface range gigabitethernet 5/1 - 23, tengigabitethernet 1/1 – 2, Vlan 2 – 100 , Port 1 – 25 FTOS(config-if-range)# no shutdown FTOS(config-if-range)# Related Commands interface port-channel Configure a port channel group. interface vlan Configure a VLAN interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 8.2.1.0 Support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced Figure 23-15.
Related Commands interface range Configure a range of command (bulk configuration) interface range macro (define) Define a macro for an interface range (bulk configuration) interface vlan ces Syntax Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs. interface vlan vlan-id To delete a VLAN, use the no interface vlan vlan-id command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example vlan-id Enter a number as the VLAN Identifier. Range: 1 to 4094.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ipg (Gigabit Ethernet interfaces) e Syntax Set the Inter-packet gap (IPG) to 8 bytes for traffic on a Gigabit Ethernet interface. ipg 8 To return to the default setting, enter no ipg. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information 8 Enter the keyword 8 to set the IPG to 8 bytes. 12 bytes INTERFACE Version 8.2.1.0 Support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.
keepalive ces Syntax On SONET interfaces, send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. keepalive [seconds] To stop sending SONET keepalive packets, enter no keepalive. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information seconds (OPTIONAL) For SONET interfaces with PPP encapsulation enabled, enter the number of seconds between keepalive packets. Range: 0 to 23767 Default: 10 seconds Enabled INTERFACE Version 8.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com linecard port portmode quad c Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Split a single 40G port into 4-10G ports on the C-series. linecard slot-number port port-number portmode quad slot-number Enter a number for the line card slot. C-Series Range: 0-7 for C7008/C300; 0-3 for C7004/C150. port-number Enter the port number of the 40G port to be split. For the C-series, enter one of the following port numbers: 0, 4, 8, 12, 16 or 20.
monitor ces Syntax Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every 5 seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. monitor interface [interface] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Command Modes For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 23-18.
Table 23-2. monitor Command Menu Options Key systest-3 monitor time time Description Displays the host name assigned to the system. Displays the amount of time since the monitor command was entered. Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot). m Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visa-versa. c Refresh the view. b Change the counters displayed from Packets on the interface to Bytes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com When you enter the no mtu command, FTOS reduces the IP MTU value to 1536 bytes. On the E-Series, to return the IP MTU value to the default, enter no ip mtu. Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for port channels and VLANs are as follows. port channels: • • All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value. The port channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members.
Usage Information This command is supported on C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series (TeraScale and ExaScale) 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. The no negotiation auto command is only available if you first manually set the speed of a port to 10Mbits or 100Mbits. The negotiation auto command provides a mode option for configuring an individual port to forced-master/forced slave once auto-negotiation is enabled Note: The mode option is not available on non-10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet line cards.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Both sides of the link must have auto-negotiation enabled or disabled for the link to come up. The following table details the possible speed and auto-negotiation combinations for a line between two 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Table 23-4.
Example Figure 23-22. portmode hybrid configuration example FTOS(conf)#interface gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-gi-7/0)#portmode hybrid FTOS(conf-if-gi-7/0)#interface vlan 10 FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#untagged gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#interface vlan 20 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#tagged gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)# Usage Information The figure above sets a port as hybrid, makes the port a tagged member of VLAN 20, and an untagged member of VLAN 10, which becomes the native VLAN of the port.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com rate-interval ces Syntax Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface. rate-interval seconds Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. Range: 30 to 299 seconds Note: Since polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here will round to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value.
show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Example Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). show config CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Figure 23-26.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 8.2.1.2 Include SFP and SFP+ optics power detail in E-Series and C-Series output. Version 8.2.1.0 Support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Output expanded to include SFP+ media in C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
Table 23-5. Lines in show interfaces Command Example (EtherScale) (continued) Line Description MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU information. If the chassis is in Jumbo mode, this number can range from 576 to 9252. LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed. ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface. Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters where cleared. Queuing strategy... States the packet queuing strategy.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 23-5. Example Lines in show interfaces Command Example (EtherScale) (continued) Line Description Rate information... Estimate of the input and output traffic rate over a designated interval (30 to 299 seconds). Traffic rate is displayed in bits, packets per second, and percent of line rate. Time since... Elapsed time since the last interface status change (hh:mm:ss format). Figure 23-28.
Table 23-6. Fields in show interfaces Command Example (TeraScale) Line Description Interface index... Displays the interface index number used by SNMP to identify the interface. Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If one is, that address is displayed. MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU information. LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed, duplex mode, and Slave ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 23-29.
Usage Information On the C-Series and S-Series, the interface counter “over 1023-byte pkts” does not increment for packets in the range 9216 > x < 1023. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ip address command to assign an IP address to the Management port. If two RPMs are installed in your system, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show interfaces configured ces Syntax Command Modes Display any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces configured EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.4.1.0 Changed organization of display output Figure 23-32.
show interfaces dampening ces Syntax Parameters Display interface dampening information. show interfaces dampening [[interface] [summary] [detail]] interface (Optional) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/ port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show interfaces debounce e Syntax Parameters Display information on interfaces with debounce timer configured. show interfaces debounce interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Command History Example Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 8.2.1.0 Support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 23-34.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show interfaces linecard ce Display information on all interfaces on a specific line card. Syntax show interfaces linecard slot-number Parameters Command Modes slot-number Enter a number for the line card slot. C-Series Range: 0-7 for C7008/C300; 0–3 for C7004/C150 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on the E1200/1200i, 0 to 6 on the E600/600i, 0 to 5 on the E300 EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Example Version 8.1.1.
show interfaces phy ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display auto-negotiation and link partner information. show interfaces {gigabitethernet | tengigabitethernet | fortyGigE} slot/port phy gigabitethernet Enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. tengigabitethernet Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port number.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 23-8. Related Commands Lines in show interfaces gigabitethernet Command Example Line Description AutoNegotiation Advertise Displays the control words advertised by the local interface during negotiation. Duplex is either half or full. Asym- and Sym Pause is the types of flow control supported by the local interface. AutoNegotiation Remote Partner’s Ability Displays the control words advertised by the remote interface during negotiation.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.6.1.0 Figure 23-37.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • linecard slot-number Defaults Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 23-39. show interfaces switchport Command Example FTOS#show interfaces switchport Name: GigabitEthernet 13/0 802.1QTagged: Hybrid Vlan membership: Vlan 2, Vlan 20 Native VlanId: 20 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/2 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/3 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 --More-- Table 23-9.
Command Modes tengigabitethernet For a 10G interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. fortyGigE For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Output augmented with diagnostic data for pluggable media Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 23-40. show interfaces gigabitethernet transceiver Command Example FTOS#show interfaces gigabitethernet 1/0 transceiver SFP is present.
Table 23-10. Diagnostic Data in show interfaces transceiver Line Description Rx Power measurement type Output depends on the vendor, typically either “Average” or “OMA” (Receiver optical modulation amplitude). Temp High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting, typically in Centigrade. Value differs between SFPs and SFP+. Voltage High Alarm threshold Displays the interface index number used by SNMP to identify the interface. Bias High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 23-10. 628 | Interfaces Diagnostic Data in show interfaces transceiver (continued) Line Description Tx Power Present Tx power of the SFP. If this crosses Tx power alarm/warning thresholds, then the Tx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, then the Tx power low alarm/ warning flag is set to true. Rx Power Present Rx power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA.
Table 23-10. Related Commands Diagnostic Data in show interfaces transceiver (continued) Line Description Tx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Temperature Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands interface Configure a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface Displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. shutdown ces Syntax Disable an interface. shutdown To activate an interface, enter no shutdown. Defaults Command Modes Command History The interface is disabled. INTERFACE Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.
speed (for 10/100/1000 interfaces) ces Set the speed for 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Both sides of a link must be set to the same speed (10/100/1000) or to auto or the link may not come upSyntax speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100 | 1000} command. Parameters 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. Note: This i speed is not supported on the LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com speed (Management interface) ce Set the speed for the Management interface. Syntax speed {10 | 100 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 100 Mb/s.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Disabled (The interface is in Layer 3 mode.) INTERFACE Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for port-channel interfaces (port-channel number option). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Added backup interface option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 23-42. wanport Command with shutdown Command Example interface TenGigabitEthernet 13/0 no ip address no shutdown FTOS(conf-if-te-13/0)# FTOS(conf-if-te-13/0)#wanport % Error: Port should be in shutdown mode, config ignored Te 13/0.
• • show interfaces port-channel show port-channel-flow Note: The Dell Networking OS implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually. For information on Dell Networking OS Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for dynamic LAGs, refer to Chapter 29, Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP). For more information on configuring and using Port Channels, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
The Port Channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members. Example: If the members have a link MTU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000, the Port Channel’s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for link MTU or 2000 bytes for IP MTU. www.dell.com | support.dell.com • When an interface is removed from a Port Channel with the no channel-member command syntax, the interface reverts to its configuration prior to joining the Port Channel.
Example FTOS(conf)#port-channel failover-group FTOS(conf-po-failover-grp)#group 1 port-channel 1 port-channel 2 FTOS(conf-po-failover-grp)# Related Commands port-channel failover-group Access the PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode to configure a LAG failover group. show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If the line card is in a Jumbo mode chassis, then the mtu and ip mtu commands can also be configured. The Link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members must be greater than the Link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the Port Channel interface. Note: In a Jumbo-enabled system, all members of a Port Channel must be configured with the same link MTU values and the same IP MTU values. Related Commands channel-member Add a physical interface to the LAG.
Defaults Command Modes No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup, so that, for example, if one LAG goes down, the other LAG is taken down automatically, providing an alternate path to reroute traffic, avoiding oversubscription on the other LAG.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display only the port channel number, the state of the port channel, and the number of interfaces in the port channel. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.
Table 23-12. show interfaces port-channel Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU. LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed. For a port channel interface, it is the line speed of the interfaces in the port channel. Members in this... Displays the interfaces belonging to this port channel. ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface. Last clearing...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 23-13. show interfaces port-channel brief Command Example Fields Field Description Ports Lists the interfaces assigned to this port channel. (untitled) Displays the status of the physical interfaces (up or down). In Layer 2 port channels, an * (asterisk) indicates which interface is the primary port of the port channel. The primary port sends out interface PDU. In Layer 3 port channels, the primary port is not indicated.
Command Modes Usage Information source-port number Enter the keyword source-port followed by the source port number. Range: 1-65536 Default: None destination-port number Enter the keyword destination-port followed by the destination port number. Range: 1-65536 Default: None source-mac address Enter the keyword source-mac followed by the MAC source address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • An IP payload is going out of a Layer 2 LAG interface that is a member of a VLAN with an IP address. FTOS#show port-channel-flow outgoing-port-channel 2 incoming-interface gi 3/ 0 source-ip 2.2.2.0 destination-ip 3.2.3.
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series The interface must be enabled to run the test or an error message is generated: FTOS#tdr-cable-test gigabitethernet 5/2 %Error: Interface is disabled GI 5/2 The C-Series and S-Series do not generate log messages is generated when the link flaps down/up during TDR tests. The E-series, does produce these log messages. Related Commands show tdr Display the results of the TDR test.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 23-14. TDR Test Status Status OK Status: Terminated TDR test is complete, no fault is detected on the cable, and the test is terminated Length: 92 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Shorted A short is detected on the cable. The location, in this example 92 meters, of the short is accurate to plus or minus one meter. Length: 93 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Open An opening is detected on the cable.
debug ip udp-helper e Syntax Enable UDP debug and display the debug information on a console. debug ip udp-helper To disable debug information, use the no debug ip udp-helper command. Defaults Command Modes Debug disabled EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 23-49. Debug Output Example FTOS#debug ip udp-helper UDP helper debugging is on 01:20:22: Pkt rcvd on Gi 5/0 with IP DA (0xffffffff) will be sent on Gi 5/1 Gi 5/2 Vlan 3 01:44:54: Pkt rcvd on Gi 7/0 is handed over for DHCP processing.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip udp-helper udp-port e Syntax Enable the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports. ip udp-helper udp-port [udp-port-list] To disable the UDP broadcast on a port, use the no ip udp-helper udp-port [udp-port-list] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information udp-port-list (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 comma separated UDP port numbers.
Interfaces | 649
| Interfaces www.dell.com | support.dell.
24 IPv4 Routing Overview The characters that appear below command headings indicate support for the associated Dell Networking platform, as follows: • • • C-Series: c E-Series: e S-Series: s Commands IPv4-related commands are described in this chapter.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
mac-address Enter a MAC address in nnnn.nnnn.nnnn format. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by the slot/port information. The slot range is 0-1 and the port range is 0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 1 At time t=0 Dell Networking OS sends an ARP request for IP A.B.C.D 2 At time t=1 Dell Networking OS receives an ARP request for IP A.B.C.D 3 At time t=2 Dell Networking OS installs an ARP entry for A.B.C.D only on RP2. Beginning with version 8.3.1.0, when a Gratuitous ARP is received, Dell Networking OS installs an ARP entry on all 3 CPUs.
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series show interfaces Displays the ARP timeout value for all available interfaces. clear arp-cache ces Syntax Parameters Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from CAM.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series clear host ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Remove one or all dynamically learnt host table entries. clear host [vrf vrf-name] name vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced support for VRF in C-Series.
Usage Information Use this command to clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies. Caution: Executing this command will cause traffic disruption. Related Commands show ip fib linecard Show FIB entries. clear ip route ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands Clear one or all routes in the routing table. clear ip route {* | ip-address mask | vrf vrf instance} * Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series debug arp ces View information on ARP transactions. Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, enter no debug arp.
debug ip dhcp ces Syntax Enable debug information for DHCP relay transactions and display the information on the console. debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.4.10 Introduced on E-Series Figure 24-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • count value Command Modes Command History Example 660 | IPv4 Routing E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
debug ip packet ces Syntax View a log of IP packets sent and received. debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command. Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group followed by the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count followed by the count value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 24-3. debug ip packet Command Example (Partial) IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), len 54, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994894, ack=606901739, win=8191 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), d=10.1.2.62, len 40, rcvd TCP src=0, dst=0, seq=0, ack=0, win=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), len 226, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994896, ack=606901739, win=8192 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.216 (Ma 0/0), d=10.1.2.
• • • • Internet Control Message Protocol* * but not the ICMP message type (0-255) Any Internet Protocol Transmission Control Protocol* * but not on the rst, syn, or urg bit User Datagram Protocol icmp ip tcp udp In the case of ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command will be disabled. A message appears identifying the error (see Figure 24-4). Example Figure 24-4.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip directed-broadcast ces Syntax Enables the interface to receive directed broadcast packets. ip directed-broadcast To disable the interface from receiving directed broadcast packets, enter no ip directed-broadcast. Defaults Command Modes Disabled (that is, the interface does not receive directed broadcast packets) INTERFACE Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
Related Commands ip domain-name Specify a DNS server. ip domain-lookup ces Syntax Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS). ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup. Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information Disabled. CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced VRF on C-Series. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain-name command. To configure more than one domain name, configure the ip domain-list command up to 6 times.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). default-vrf (Optional) E-Series and C-Series Only: Enter default-vrf for the DHCP server VRF is using. Not configured. INTERFACE Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands ip helper-address Specify the destination broadcast or host address for DHCP server requests. show running-config Display the current configuration and changes from default values. ip host ces Syntax Assign a name and IP address to be used by the host-to-IP address mapping table. ip host [vrf vrf-name] To remove an IP host, use the no ip host [vrf vrf-name] command.
ip mtu e Syntax Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet transmitted by the RPM for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, FTOS sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, enter no ip mtu.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 24-2. Related Commands Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes mtu Set the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server ces Syntax Enter up to 6 IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use.
ip proxy-arp ces Syntax Enable Proxy ARP on an interface. ip proxy-arp To disable Proxy ARP, enter no ip proxy-arp. Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Enabled. INTERFACE Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series show ip interface Displays the interface routing status and configuration.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters vrf name (OPTIONAL) C-Series and E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF Instances name to tie the static route to the VRF instance. destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device. mask Enter the mask in slash prefix formation (/x) of the destination device’s IP address. ip-address Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the forwarding router.
Usage Information Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.0 /24 gigabitethernet 0/0 172.31.5.43 • • • • • Related Commands The software installs a next hop that is not on the directly connected subnet but which recursively resolves to a next hop on the interface’s configured subnet. In the example, if gig 0/0 has ip address on subnet 2.2.2.0 and if 172.31.5.43 recursively resolves to 2.2.2.0, FTOS installs the static route. When the interface goes down, FTOS withdraws the route.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip vlan-flooding e Syntax Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series By default this command is disabled.
mac {dest-mac | source-dest-mac | source-mac} Enter the keywords to distribute MAC traffic based on the following criteria: • • • tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • Defaults Command Modes enable—Takes the TCP/UDP source and destination ports into consideration when doing hash computations.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ip-selection 3-tuple Enter the keywords ip-selection 3-tuple to distribute IP traffic based on the following criteria: • IP source address • IP destination address • IP Protocol type Note: For IPV6, only the first 32 bits (LSB) of IP SA and IP DA are used for hash generation. ip-selection packet-based Enter the keywords ip-selection packet-based to distribute IPV4 traffic based on the IP Identification field in the IPV4 header.
Table 24-3. Configurations of the load-balance Command Configuration ip-selection packet-based Switched IP Traffic Routed IP Traffic (IPV4 Only) Switched Non-IP Traffic Packet based: IPV4 No distribution: IPV6 Packet based: IPV4 MAC based MAC based Packet based: IPV4 MAC based ip-selection packet-based and mac Related Commands ip address Change the algorithm used to distribute traffic on an E-Series chassis.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show arp ces Syntax Parameters Display the ARP table. show arp [vrf vrf name] [interface interface | ip ip-address [mask] | macaddress mac-address [mac-address mask]] [cpu {cp | rp1 | rp2}] [static | dynamic] [summary] vrf name C-Series and E-Series Only: Show only the ARP cache entries tied to the VRF process.
Usage Information Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series The following figure shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (see Chapter 45, Private VLAN (PVLAN)), a feature added for C-Series and S-Series in Dell Networking OS 7.8.1.0. Figure 24-5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 24-4. show arp Command Example Fields Row Heading Description Protocol Displays the protocol type. Address Displays the IP address of the ARP entry. Age(min) Displays the age in minutes of the ARP entry. Hardware Address Displays the MAC address associated with the ARP entry. Interface Displays the first two letters of the interfaces type and the slot/port associated with the ARP entry. VLAN Displays the VLAN ID, if any, associated with the ARP entry.
Related Commands arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. show hosts ces Syntax Command Modes View the host table and DNS configuration. show hosts vrf vrf-name EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.4.7.0 Added support for VRF. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 24-6. Related Commands show hosts Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description TTL Displays the amount of time until the entry ages out of the cache. For dynamically learnt entries only. Type Displays IP as the type of entry. Address Displays the IP address(es) assigned to the host. traceroute View DNS resolution ip host Configure a host. show ip cam linecard ce View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card.
Example Figure 24-10. show ip cam Command Example on E-Series FTOS#show ip cam linecard 13 port-set 0 Index Destination EC CG V C Next-Hop VId Mac-Addr Port ------ --------------- -- -- - - --------------- ---- ---------------- ------3276 6.6.6.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3277 5.5.5.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3278 4.4.4.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3279 3.3.3.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3280 2.2.2.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 24-11. show ip cam summary Command Example FTOS#show ip cam linecard 4 port-set 0 summary Total Number of Routes in the CAM is 13 Total Number of Routes which can be entered in CAM is 131072 Prefix Len Current Use ---------- ----------32 7 31 0 30 0 29 0 28 0 27 0 26 0 25 0 24 6 23 0 22 0 21 0 20 0 19 0 18 0 17 0 16 0 15 0 14 0 13 0 12 0 11 0 10 0 9 0 8 0 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 FTOS# Table 24-8.
ip-address mask [longer-prefix] (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address and mask of a route to CAM entries for that route only. Enter the keyword longer-prefixes to view routes with a common prefix. summary Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing route prefixes and the total number routes which can be entered in to CAM. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.7.1.0 Modified: Added support for up to seven stack members. Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Mode vrf instance (OPTIONAL) C-Series and E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF INstance name to show the FIB cache entries tied to that VRF instance. slot-number Enter the number of the line card slot. C-Series Range: 0-7 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, 0 to 5 on a E300 ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination.
Related Commands clear ip fib linecard Clear FIB entries on a specified line card. show ip fib stack-unit s Syntax Parameters Command Mode View all Forwarding Information Base (FIB) entries. show ip fib stack-unit 0-7 [ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | summary] 0-7 Enter the S-Series stack unit ID, from 0 to 7. ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands clear ip fib linecard Clear FIB entries on a specified line card. show ip flow ces Syntax Parameters Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. show ip flow interface [vrf vrf instance] interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp] | icmp} {src-port number destination-port number} vrf instance C-Series and E-Series Only: Show only the L3 flow as they apply to that VRF process.
Usage Information This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This is useful in identifying which interface the packet will follow in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only. For switched packets use the show port-channel-flow command show ip flow does not compute the egress port information when load-balance mac hashing is also configured due to insufficient information (the egress MAC is not available).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameter interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword Loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by zero (0).
Example Figure 24-16. show ip interface Command Example FTOS#show ip int te 0/0 TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Inbound access list is not set Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent FTOS# Table 24-12. show ip interface Command Example Items Lines Description TenGigabitEthernet 0/0...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 24-13. show ip interface brief Column Headings (continued) Field Description Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface. show ip management-route ce View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface.
Command Modes Command History Example summary Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing the number of active and non-active routes and their sources. static Enter the keyword static to view non-active routes also. EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip route ces Syntax Parameter View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. show ip route [vrf [vrf name] hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] vrf name C-Series and E-Series Only: Clear only the route entries tied to the VRF process.
Example Figure 24-20.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 24-14.
Related Commands Example ip prefix-list Enter the CONFIGURATION-IP PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. Figure 24-22.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 24-15. Related Commands show ip route summary Column Headings Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in FTOS. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols. If the best route or active route goes down, the non-active route will become the best route.
Example Figure 24-24.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 24-16. Usage Information show ip traffic output definitions Keyword Definition ...no port broadcasts The incoming broadcast/multicast packet did not have any listener. ...socket full The applications buffer was full and the incoming packet had to be dropped. The F10 Monitoring MIB provides access to the statistics described below. Table 24-17.
Command History Example Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced support for E-Series ExaScale E600i Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Figure 24-25.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Example rp1 Enter the keyword rp1 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 Enter the keyword rp2 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 2. EXEC Privilege Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Figure 24-26.
Table 24-18. show tcp statistics cp Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description 10184 ack... Displays the number of acknowledgement packets and bytes received. Sent: Displays the total number of TCP packets sent and the number of urgent packets sent. 25 control packets... Displays the number of control packets sent and the number retransmitted. 11603 data packets... Displays the number of data packets sent. 24 data packets retransmitted Displays the number of data packets resent.
| IPv4 Routing www.dell.com | support.dell.
25 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) Overview IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on platforms: c e s • • IPv6 ACL Commands IPv6 Route Map Commands Note: For IPv4 ACL commands, see Chapter 9, Access Control Lists (ACL). Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • • E-Series platforms require IPv6-ExtACL CAM profile to support IPv6 ACLs. C-Series platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. Refer to cam-acl later in this document.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com IPv6 ACL Commands The following commands configure IPv6 ACLs: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • cam-acl clear counters ipv6 access-group deny deny icmp deny tcp deny udp ipv6 access-group ipv6 access-list permit permit icmp permit tcp permit udp remark resequence access-list resequence prefix-list ipv6 seq show cam-acl show config show ipv6 accounting access-list show running-config acl test cam-usage cam-acl ces Syntax Parameters Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series You must save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires 3 blocks and these cannot be reallocated.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 708 deny ces Syntax Configure a filter that drops IPv6 packets that match the filter criteria. deny {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no deny {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command. ip-protocol-number Enter an IPv6 protocol number.
deny icmp ces Syntax Configure a filter to drop all or specific ICMP messages. deny icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no deny icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information 710 The C-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. The following table lists the keywords displayed in the CLI help and their corresponding ICMP Message Type Name. Table 25-1.
deny tcp ces Syntax Configure a filter that drops TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow-based monitoring session along with the filter operation.
deny udp ces Syntax Configure a filter to drop UDP packets meeting the filter criteria.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Added monitor option Usage Information The C-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example implicit-permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the IPv6 ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the IPv6 ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped). vlan range (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN range in a comma separated format. Range: 1 to 4094 Disabled INTERFACE Version 8.4.2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. Refer to your line card documentation for detailed specification on entries allowed per ACL. Related Commands show config View the current configuration. permit ce Select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP to configure a filter that match the filter criteria.
host ipv6-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Added monitor option Usage Information The C-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
For example, an ACL rule with TCP port range 4000 - 8000 uses 8 entries in the CAM: Rule# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Data Mask From To #Covered 0000111110100000 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111100000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4000 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4031 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 32 64 2048 1024 5
www.dell.com | support.dell.com remark ces Syntax Enter a description for an IPv6 ACL entry. remark remark number [description] To delete the description, use the no remark remark number command (it is not necessary to include the remark description that you are deleting). Parameters remark number Enter the remark number. Note that the same sequence number can be used for the remark and an ACL rule. Range: 0 to 4294967290 description Enter a description of up to 80 characters.
resequence access-list ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment} ipv4 |ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, ipv6 or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP access list, up to 140 characters. Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com resequence prefix-list ipv6 ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. resequence prefix-list ipv6 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-increment} prefix-list-name Enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
seq ces Syntax Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IPv6 access list while creating the filter. seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequence-number Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com destination address Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type. Range: 0 to 255 for ICMP type; 0 to 255 for ICMP code count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter.
show cam-acl ces Syntax Command Modes Show space allocated for IPv6 ACLs. show cam-acl EXEC EXEC Privileged Command History Related Commands Examples Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series cam-acl Figure 25-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show config ces Syntax View the current IPv6 ACL configuration. show config Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series Example Figure 25-5.
Command History Example Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Figure 25-6.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 25-7.
Example Figure 25-8. The following example shows the output shown when using the test cam-usage command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com IPv6 Route Map Commands The following commands allow you to configure route maps and their redistribution criteria. • • • • • • • match ipv6 address match ipv6 next-hop match ipv6 route-source route-map set ipv6 next-hop show config show route-map match ipv6 address ces Syntax Configure a filter to match routes based on IPv6 addresses specified in an access list. match ipv6 address prefix-list-name To delete a match, use the no match ipv6 address prefix-list-name command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on the C-Series Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series TeraScale Related Commands match ipv6 address Redistribute routes that match an IP address.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com route-map ces Syntax Designate a IPv6 route map name and enter the ROUTE-MAP mode. route-map map-name To delete a route map, use the no route-map map-name command. Parameters map-name Enter a text string to name the route map, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series TeraScale The set ipv6 next-hop command is the only way to set an IPv6 Next-Hop. show config ces View the current route map configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 736 Figure 25-11. Command Example: show route-map FTOS#show route-map ! route-map Rmap1, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: ip address: v4plist ipv6 address: plist1 ipv6 next-hop prefix-lists: plist2 ipv6 route-source prefix-lists: plist3 Set clauses: next-hop 1.1.1.1 ipv6 next-hop 3333:2222:: Related Commands | route-map IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) Configure a route map.
26 IPv6 Basics Overview IPv6 Basic Commands are supported on platforms: c e s Note: Basic IPv6 basic commands are supported on all platforms. For information on the Dell Networking OS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ipv6 fib ces Syntax Parameters Command Mode Command History Clear (refresh) all FIB entries on a linecard. clear ipv6 fib linecard slot slot Enter the slot number to clear the FIB for a linecard. EXEC Privilege Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.
Command History Example Version 8.4.1.0 Support added on the management Ethernet port. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Figure 26-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 740 ipv6 host ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History | IPv6 Basics Assign a name and IPv6 address to be used by the host-to-IP address mapping table. ipv6 host name ip-address name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) to be mapped to the name. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series Version 8.4.1.
ipv6 nd prefix-advertisement ces Syntax Parameters Specify which IPv6 prefixes are include in Neighbor Advertisements. By default, all prefixes configured as addresses on the interface are advertised. This command allows control over the individual parameters per prefix; the default keyword can be used to use the default parameters for all prefixes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ipv6 route ces Syntax Establish a static IPv6 route. ipv6 route ipv6-address prefix-length {interface | ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent] To remove the IPv6 route, use the no ipv6 route ipv6-address prefix-length {interface | ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 destination address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
Example Figure 26-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ipv6 unicast-routing ces Syntax Enable IPv6 Unicast routing. ipv6 unicast-routing To disable unicast routing, use the no ipv6 unicast-routing command. Defaults Command Modes Enabled CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.
show ipv6 cam linecard ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Displays the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified line card. show ipv6 cam linecard slot-number port-set {0-1} [summary | index | ipv6 address] slot-number Enter the line card slot ID number. Range: 0 to 13 on the E1200; 0 on 6 for E600, and 0 to 5 on the E300.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Examples Figure 26-3.
show ipv6 cam stack-unit ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Displays the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified stack-unit. show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} [summary | index | ipv6 address] unit-number Enter the stack unit’s ID number. Range: 0 to 7 port-set Enter the Port Set to summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display a table listing network prefixes and the total number prefixes which can be entered into the IPv6 CAM.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ipv6 fib linecard ce View all Forwarding Information Base entries. Syntax show ipv6 fib linecard slot-number {summary | ipv6-address} Parameters Command Mode slot-number Enter the number of the line card slot. E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of entries in IPv6 cam.
show ipv6 interface ces Syntax Parameters Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Example The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port. Figure 26-5.
Figure 26-7. Command Example: show ipv6 interface brief FTOS#show ipv6 interface brief GigabitEthernet 0/0 fe80::201:e8ff:fe3a:143e 10::1/64 ... ManagementEthernet 0/0 fe80::201:e8ff:fe5d:b74c fdaa:bbbb:cccc:1004::50/64 ...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ipv6 route ces Syntax Parameter Displays the IPv6 routes. show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [rip] [static] [summary] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Example Figure 26-9. Command Example: show ipv6 route summary FTOS#show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes connected 5 static 0 Total 5 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes Table 26-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com trust ipv6-diffserv ces Syntax Allows the dynamic classification of IPv6 DSCP. trust ipv6-diffserv To remove the definition, use the no trust ipv6-diffserv command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information This command has no default behavior or values. CONFIGURATION-POLICY-MAP-IN Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
27 IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) Overview IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on platforms: e c This chapter includes the following commands: • • IPv6 BGP Commands IPv6 MBGP Commands IPv6 BGP Commands Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between Autonomous Systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless interdomain routing and the aggregation of routes and AS paths.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • neighbor update-source neighbor weight network network backdoor redistribute redistribute isis redistribute ospf router bgp show capture bgp-pdu neighbor show config show ip bgp ipv6 unicast show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information . Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Enter ipv6 unicast to enter the BGP for IPv6 mode (CONF-ROUTER_BGPv6_AF). aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table.
In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed. The opposite is true: routes meeting the permit clause are suppressed. If the route is injected via the network command, that route will still appear in the routing table if the summary-only parameter is configured in the aggregate-address command. The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale If you enable this command, use the capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. ce Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter no bgp bestpath med confed.
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. ce Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, enter no bgp client-to-client reflection. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection Enable route reflection between route reflector and clients. neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a route reflector and clients. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Usage Information The Autonomous Systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each Autonomous System is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other Autonomous Systems.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale If you enter bgp dampening, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied.
Command Modes Usage Information ROUTER BGP This is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is incremented. Use the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check counter. If enforce-first-as is disabled, it can be viewed via the show ip protocols command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Routers supporting 4-Byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-Byte router will be slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-Byte router or a 4-Byte router. When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4 or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. Where the 2-Byte format is 1-65535, the 4-Byte format is 1-4294967295.
Usage Information This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In receiver only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. bgp log-neighbor-changes Note: Starting in the C-Series release 8.4.7.0, this command is not supported. Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. ce Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, enter no bgp log-neighbor-changes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information In non-deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive. This method can lead to FTOS choosing different best paths from a set of paths, depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors since MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths. In deterministic mode (no bgp non-deterministic-med), FTOS compares MED between adjacent paths within an AS group since all paths in the AS group are from the same AS.
Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is quite common. In a large scale configuration, filtering millions of routes based on regular expressions can be quite CPU intensive, as a regular expression evaluation involves generation and evaluation of complex finite state machines.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History Off ROUTER BGPV6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) When soft-reconfiguration is enabled for a neighbor and the clear ip bgp soft in is executed, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are reevaluated.
capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer. This buffer size pertains to both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. ce Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 100-102400000 100-102400000 Enter a size for the capture buffer. 40960000 bytes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ip bgp as-number Reset BGP sessions on the E-Series. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection.
Parameters ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address to reset neighbors belonging to that IP. Used without a qualifier, the keyword resets all neighbors belonging to that IP. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword flap-statistics to clear all flap statistics belonging to that AS or a specified address family within that IP. ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to select options for that address family.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros Command Modes Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
Usage Information Related Commands If you enter clear ip bgp ipv6 flap-statistics without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View BGP flap statistics. clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft c et Syntax Parameters Clear and reapply policies for IPv6 unicast routes without resetting the TCP connection; that is, perform BGP soft reconfiguration.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes Command History Usage Information peer-group peer-group-name Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only events on outbound BGP messages. EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor on which you want to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group on which you want to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging. ipv6 unicast Debug soft reconfiguration for IPv6 unicast routes.
Usage Information Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. ce Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. ipv6 unicast [ipv6-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 unicast, and, optionally, an ipv6 address.
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol ce Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Caution: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. Usage Information The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information peer-group-name Identify a peer group by name. activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the identified neighbor or peer group in the new AFI/SAFI. Disabled ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path ce Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor default-originate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor. neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Not configured. ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. ce Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Defaults Enter the name of the peer group. Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received.
Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Displays the current BGP configuration. neighbor X:X:X::X password c et Syntax Enable TCP MD5 Authentication for an IPv6 BGP peer session. neighbor x:x:x::x password {7 |
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information If the set ipv6 next-hop command in the ROUTE-MAP mode is configured, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to a existing peer group. ce Syntax neighbor ipv6-address peer-group peer-group-name To delete a peer from a peer group, use the no neighbor ipv6-address peer-group peer-group-name command.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group View BGP peers. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors View BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. ce Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale After you configure a peer group as passive, you must assign it a subnet using the neighbor subnet command. neighbor subnet Assign a subnet to a dynamically-configured BGP neighbor. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor.
To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} send-community To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} send-community command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Defaults Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound c et Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Enable a BGP soft-reconfiguration and start storing updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes. neighbor {ipv4-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates.
Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. ce Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} timers command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor update-source Enable the E-Series software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. ce Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Usage Information In the FTOS best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. Note: Reset the neighbor connection (capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size * command) to apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. ce Syntax network ipv6-address prefix-length backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ipv6-address prefix-length backdoor command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Not configured. ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale If you do not configure default-metric command, in addition to the redistribute command, or there is no route map to set the metric, the metric for redistributed static and connected is “0”.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPFv3 routes into BGP. ce Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. Range: 1 to 65535 match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes.
Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Note: Starting in the C-Series release 8.4.7.0, this command is not supported. Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E-Series. ce Syntax show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address Parameters Command Modes ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 27-1.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list [cluster-id] cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list.
Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list [list name] list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. ce Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefix-length] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Displays information on IPv6 unicast routes exchanged by BGP neighbors. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv4-neighbor-addr | ipv6-neighbor-addr] [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes | received-routes [network [network-mask]] | denied-routes [network [network-mask]]] ipv6 unicast Enter the ipv6 unicast keywords to view information only related to IPv6 unicast routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 1 Figure 27-2. Command Example: show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors FTOS#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors BGP neighbor is 5ffe:10::3, remote AS 1, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 5.5.5.
Table 27-1. Command Example fields: show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Lines beginning with Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, then the link is internal; otherwise the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view peer-group-specific information for the IPv6 address family.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. ce Syntax Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Figure 27-4. show ip bgp summary Command Example FTOS# show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 55.55.55.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 27-5. show ip bgp next-hop Command Example FTOS#show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Via 9000::5:2 9000::5:2, 9000::6:2 9000::6:2, 9000::7:2 9000::7:2, 9000::8:2 9000::8:2, 9000::9:2 9000::9:2, 9000::a:2 9000::a:2, FTOS# Gi Gi Gi Gi Gi Gi 8/38 8/38 8/38 8/38 8/38 8/38 Cost 0 0 0 0 0 0 Flaps 0 0 0 0 0 0 Time Elapsed 00:23:22 00:23:22 00:23:22 00:23:22 00:23:16 00:23:22 show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database.
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. ce Syntax Command Modes show ip bgp paths community EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters regular-expression [character] Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • • • • • • • Command Modes . = (period) any single character (including a white space) * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences) + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences) ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences).
IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the Internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS). Dell Networking OS MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to specify the address family as IPv6. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to specify multicast as SAFI. IPv6 Unicast ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. Do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate. If routes within the aggregate are constantly changing, the aggregate will flap to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast * ipv6-address prefix-length [dampening | flap-statistics] peer-group] * Enter the character * to clear all peers. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
Command Modes Command History filter-list list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list (max 16 characters). regexp regexp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates View information about BGP updates.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. Range: 1 to 255. Default: 20 internal-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. Range: 1 to 255. Default: 200 local-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. Range: 1 to 255. Default: 200 external-distance = 20; internal-distance = 200; local-distance = 200.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information By default, when a neighbor/peer group configuration is created in the Router BGP context, it is enabled for the IPv6/Unicast AFI/SAFI. By using activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group is enabled for AFI/SAFI. Related Commands address family Changes the context to SAFI neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured. ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults Command Modes Command History peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. access-list-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH access list. If the AS-PATH access list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow routes).
neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. ce Syntax neighbor ipv6-address | peer-group-name next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor ipv6-address | peer-group-name next-hop-self command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. ce Syntax neighbor ipv6-address | peer-group-name route-map map-name [in | out] To remove the route map, use the no neighbor [ipv6-address | peer-group-name] route-map map-name [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale The first time you enter this command it configures the neighbor as a route reflector and members of the route-reflector cluster. Internal BGP (IBGP) speakers do not need to be fully meshed if you configure a route reflector. When all clients of a route reflector are disabled, the neighbor is no longer a route reflector.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. ce Syntax redistribute [connected | static] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Figure 27-6. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast FTOS#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast BGP table version is 8, local router ID is 5.5.10.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list [cluster-id] cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name community-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 27-7.
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. filter-list as-path-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL. regexp regular-expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • • • • • • • Command Modes .
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating Autonomous System (AS) numbers, that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. ce Syntax Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.
Example Figure 27-9. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Command Example (Partial) FTOS#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors BGP neighbor is 5ffe:10::3, remote AS 1, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 5.5.5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 27-3. show ip bgp neighbors Command Fields Lines beginning with Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, then the link is internal; otherwise the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 840 Table 27-4. | show ip bgp summary Command Fields Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries and route paths and the amount of memory used to process those entries.
28 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) Overview Intermediate System to Intermediate System Protocol (IS-IS) for IPv4 and IPv6is supported only on the E-Series platform, as indicated by the e character under each command heading. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
• • • • • • • • show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show isis neighbors show isis protocol show isis traffic spf-interval adjacency-check e Syntax Verify that the “protocols supported” field of the IS-IS neighbor contains matching values to this router. adjacency-check To disable adjacency check, use the no adjacency-check command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced IPv6 ISIS support Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another, however you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another via an IP Prefix list. If the IP Prefix list is not configured, all routes are leaked.
Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands ROUTER ISIS Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. copy Use this command to save the current configuration to another location. clear isis e Syntax Parameters Command Modes Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. clear isis [tag] {* | database | traffic} tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To disable debugging of IS-IS, enter no debug isis. Command Modes Usage Information EXEC Privilege Entering debug isis enables all debugging parameters. Use this command to display all debugging information in one output. To turn off debugging, you normally enter separate no forms of each command. Enter the no debug isis command to disable all debug messages for IS-IS at once.
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • • • • • Command Modes For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug isis update-packets e Syntax Enable debugging on Link State PDUs (LSPs) that are detected by a router. debug isis update-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, enter the no debug isis update-packets [interface] command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • • • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Usage Information When you use this command to redistribute routes into a routing domain, the router becomes an autonomous system (AS) boundary router. An AS boundary router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. Range: 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) Default: 115 ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format and enter a mask in either dotted decimal or /prefix format. prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a prefix list name.
Command History Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced IPv6 ISIS support Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced distribute-list out Suppress networks from being advertised in updates. redistribute Redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list out e Syntax Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax distribute-list redistributed-override in To return to the default, use the no distribute-list redistributed-override in command. Defaults Command Modes No default behavior or values ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced IPv6 ISIS support Version 6.3.1.
Parameters Defaults ietf Default is Graceful Restart disabled Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Version 8.3.1.0 Usage Information Enter ietf to enable Graceful Restart on the IS-IS router. Introduced on the E-Series A Restart TLV included in every Graceful Restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs. This enables the (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults interval Enter the keyword interval to set the wait time. Range: 5-120 seconds Default: 5 seconds retry-times Enter the keyword retry-times to set the number of times the request interval is extended until a CSNP is received from the helping router. Range: 1-10 attempts Default: 1 see above Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Version 8.3.1.
Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value accordingly if user has configured this option. Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses. Range: 50-120 seconds default: 30 seconds manual Defaults manual, 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Version 8.3.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com hello padding e Syntax Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to default, use no hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point]. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs.
Defaults Command Modes Usage Information In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsp-errors). ROUTER ISIS IS-IS normally purges LSPs with an incorrect data link checksum, causing the LSP source to regenerate the message. A cycle of purging and regenerating LSPs can occur when a network link continues to deliver accurate LSPs even though there is a link causing data corruption. This could cause disruption to your system operation.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information You must configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. You must enable routing on one or more interfaces to establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing. Only one IS-IS routing process can be configured to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. Range: 0 to 65535 Default: 10 level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 1. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com isis hello-multiplier e Syntax Specify the number of IS-IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency down. isis hello-multiplier multiplier [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, enter no isis hello-multiplier [multiplier] [level-1 | level-2]. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands multiplier Specifies an integer that sets the multiplier for hello holding time.
isis ipv6 metric e Syntax Assign metric to an interface for use with IPv6 information. isis ipv6 metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, enter no ipv6 isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Usage Information INTERFACE Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis network point-to-point e Syntax Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface. isis network point-to-point To disable the feature, enter no isis network point-to-point. Defaults Command Modes Not enabled.
isis priority e Syntax Set priority of the designated router you select. isis priority value [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, enter the no isis priority [value] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. Range: 0 to 127 Default: 64 level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This is the default.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com log-adjacency-changes e Syntax Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes. log-adjacency-changes To disable this function, enter no log-adjacency-changes. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Adjacency changes are not logged. ROUTER ISIS This command enables you to monitor adjacency state changes, which is useful when you monitor large networks. Messages are logged in the system error message facility.
Usage Information LSP throttling slows down the frequency at which LSPs are generated during network instability. Even though throttling LSP generations slows down network convergence, no throttling can result in a network not functioning as expected. If network topology is unstable, throttling slows down the scheduling of LSP generations until the topology regains its stability.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults 900 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Usage Information Expanded to support LSP Throttling Enhancement The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsp-lifetime command.
Defaults Command Modes Usage Information 1200 seconds ROUTER ISIS Change the maximum LSP lifetime with this command. The maximum LSP lifetime must always be greater than the LSP refresh interval. The seconds parameter enables the router to keep LSPs for the specified length of time. If the value is higher, the overhead is reduced on slower-speed links. Related Commands lsp-refresh-interval Use this command to set the link-state packet (LSP) refresh interval.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Usage Information wide Allows you to configure the E-Series to generate and accept only new-style TLVs. Metric range: 0 to 16777215 level-1 Enables the metric style on Level 1. level-2 Enables the metric style on Level 2. narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. ROUTER ISIS If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs.
Defaults Command Modes Not configured. ROUTER ISIS passive-interface e Syntax Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, enter the no passive-interface interface command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com metric metric-value (OPTIONAL) Assign a value to the redistributed route. Range: 0 to 16777215 Default: 0. You should use a value that is consistent with the destination protocol. metric-type {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain.
redistribute bgp e Syntax Redistribute routing information from a BGP process. (new command in Release 6.3.1) redistribute bgp AS number [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external| internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, enter the no redistribute bgp command with the appropriate parameters. Parameters AS number Enter a number that corresponds to the Autonomous System number.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps. The metric value, level, and metric-type of redistributed routes can be set by the redistribution command. More advanced “set” options can be performed using route maps. redistribute ospf e Syntax Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process.
Command History Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced IPv6 ISIS support Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for narrow mode and the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs will be 63.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Usage Information Set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage due to an incomplete link state database which can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table. If you set the overload bit in its LSPs, other routers ignore the unreliable router in their SPF calculations until the router has recovered. Command History Version 7.8.1.
Parameters Command Modes level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 1 IS-IS link-state database. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 2 IS-IS link-state database. local (OPTIONAL) Displays local link-state database information. detail (OPTIONAL) Detailed link-state database information of each LSP displays when specified. If not specified, a summary displays. summary (OPTIONAL) Summary of link-state database information displays when specified. lspid (OPTIONAL) Display only the specified LSP.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 28-1. Command Example Fields Field Description IS-IS Level-1/Level-2 Link State Database Displays the IS-IS link state database for Level 1 or Level 2. LSPID Displays the LSP identifier. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID. If this byte is not zero, then the LSP describes system links. If this byte is zero (0), then the LSP describes the state of the originating router.
Example Figure 28-5.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383.
detail (OPTIONAL) Displays detailed information about neighbors. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • • • • • Command Modes For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show isis protocol e Syntax Command Modes Display IS-IS routing information. show isis protocol EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 28-9. Command Example: show isis protocol FTOS#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.
Example Figure 28-10.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1 to apply the configuration to Level-1 SPF calculations. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-2 to apply the configuration to Level-2 SPF calculations. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between SPF calculations.
29 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) Overview This chapter contains commands for Dell Networking’s implementation of Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for the creation of dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs — called port-channels in Dell Networking OS parlance). For static LAG commands, see the section Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series show lacp Display the lacp configuration debug lacp ces Syntax Debug LACP (configuration, events etc.
Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series lacp long-timeout ce Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands 1 second INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com lacp system-priority ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Configure the LACP system priority. lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the system-priority value. The higher the value, the lower the priority. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 32768 32768 CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.
Table 29-1. LACP Modes Mode active Function An interface is in an active negotiating state in this mode. LACP runs on any link configured in the active state and also automatically initiates negotiation with other ports by initiating LACP packets. passive An interface is not in an active negotiating state in this mode. LACP runs on any link configured in the passive state. Ports in a passive state respond to negotiation requests from other ports that are in active states.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 1 FTOS#show lacp Port-channel 1 Actor System Partner System A E I M P - Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced Figure 29-1. show lacp port-channel-number command 1 admin up, oper up, mode lacp ID: Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b ID: Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
30 Layer 2 Overview This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. It contains the following sections: • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Some MAC addressing commands are supported only on the E-Series, some on all three Dell Networking platforms and some on two Dell Networking platforms.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • show mac learning-limit clear mac-address-table dynamic ces Syntax Parameters Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically. clear mac-address-table dynamic {address mac-address | all | interface interface | vlan vlan-id} address mac-address Enter the keyword address followed by a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. all Enter the keyword all to delete all MAC address entries in the MAC address table.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information mac-address Enter the MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to count Layer 2 packets or bytes sent to that MAC address. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to count Layer 2 packets or bytes sent to the VLAN. Range: 1 to 4094. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count only bytes packets (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packets to count only packets. Not configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com mac-address-table static ces Syntax Associate specific MAC or hardware addresses to an interface and VLANs. mac-address-table static mac-address output interface vlan vlan-id To remove a MAC address, use the no mac-address-table static mac-address output interface vlan vlan-id command. Parameters mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexidecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
mac-address-table station-move threshold ce Change the frequency with which the MAC address station-move trap is sent after a MAC address changes in a VLAN. A trap is sent if a station move is detected above a threshold number of times in a given interval.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 894 Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information | Layer 2 No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series See the “NIC Teaming” section of the Layer 2 chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for details on using this command.
mac cam fib-partition e Syntax Reapportion the amount of Content Addressable Memory (CAM) available for MAC address learning (FIB) versus the amount available for MAC ACLs on a line card. mac cam fib-partition {25 | 50 | 75 | 100} slot-number To return to the default setting, enter no mac cam fib-partition. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands 25 Enter the keyword 25 to set aside 25% of the CAM for MAC address learning.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults station-move (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. sticky (OPTIONAL) C-Series and S-Series only: Enter the keyword sticky to enable sticky MAC-address learning, which converts dynamically-learned MAC addresses on a port or port-channel interface to “sticky” MAC addresses that prevent trusted devices from moving to a different interface. On C-Series, the default behavior is no-station-move + static.
When you enable sticky MAC-address learning (sticky), dynamically-learned MAC addresses of trusted devices are added to the running configuration and “stick” to the port or VLAN on which they are learned even if an interface goes down and comes back up. If you save sticky MAC addresses to the start-up configuration file by entering the write config command, the addresses are deleted from the running-configuration, do not have to be dynamically relearned, and do not change when the switch reboots.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com mac learning-limit station-move-violation ces Syntax Specify the actions for a station move violation. mac learning-limit station-move-violation {log | shutdown-both | shutdown-offending | shutdown-original} To disable a configuration, use the no mac learning-limit station-move-violation command, followed by the configured keyword.
show cam mac linecard (count) e Syntax Parameters Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. show cam mac linecard slot port-set port-pipe count [vlan vlan-id] [interface interface] linecard slot (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard followed by a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information. E-Series range: 0 to 6.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.6.1.0 Figure 30-1. Introduced on C-Series show cam maccheck linecard Command Output Example FTOS#show cam maccheck linecard 2 port-set 0 Dumping entries. From 0 to 16383. Progress . marks 100 memory table entries. ............................
show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) ce Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. Syntax show cam mac linecard slot port-set port-pipe [address mac_addr | dynamic | interface interface | static | vlan vlan-id] Parameters linecard slot (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard followed by a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 30-4.
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type, slot and port information: • • • vlan vlan-id Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: S-Series Range: 1-128 For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type, slot and port information: • • • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
Table 30-1. show mac-address-table Information Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number. Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned dynamically (Dynamic), or learned on a port configured for sticky-MAC learning (Sticky). An (N) indicates that the specified MAC address has been learnt by a neighbor and is synced to the node.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes vlan vlan-id On the E-Series, enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to display the MAC address aging time for MAC addresses on the VLAN. Range: 1 to 4094. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 30-7.
show mac accounting destination e Syntax Parameters Display destination counters for Layer 2 traffic (available on physical interfaces only). show mac accounting destination [mac-address vlan vlan-id] [interface interface [mac-address vlan vlan-id] [vlan vlan-id]] [vlan vlan-id] mac-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show mac cam e Syntax Command Modes Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. show mac cam EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Figure 30-9. Introduced on E-Series show mac cam Command Example FTOS#show mac cam Slot Type MAC CAM Size MAC FIB Entries 0 E24PD 64K entries 48K (75%) 2 E24PD2 128K entries 64K (50%) 11 EX2YD 64K entries 16K (25%) Note: All CAM entries are per portpipe. FTOS# Table 30-3.
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface with the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For SONET interfaces, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/ port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor Virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces. You can configure an IP address and Layer 3 protocols on a VLAN called Inter-VLAN routing. FTP, TFTP, ACLs and SNMP are not supported on a VLAN.
default vlan-id ces Syntax Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. Range: 1 to 4094. Default: 1 The Default VLAN is VLAN 1. CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled—VLAN counters are disabled in hardware (all linecards/port-pipes) by default. CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale E600i Version 8.1.1.
name ces Syntax Assign a name to the VLAN. name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, enter no name. Parameters Defaults Command Modes vlan-name Not configured. INTERFACE VLAN Command History Usage Information Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show vlan ces Syntax Parameters Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • • • • • Command Modes VLAN ID VLAN name (left blank if none is configured.) Spanning Tree Group ID MAC address aging time IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
Table 30-4. show vlan Information Column Heading Description (Column 1 — no heading) asterisk symbol (*) = Default VLAN G = GVRP VLAN P = primary VLAN C = community VLAN I = isolated VLAN NUM Displays existing VLAN IDs. Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 30-13. Example of Output of show vlan brief FTOS#show vlan br VLAN Name ---- -------------------------------1 2 3 FTOS# Figure 30-14. STG ---0 0 0 MAC Aging --------1800 1800 1800 IP Address -----------------unassigned 2.2.2.2/24 3.3.3.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series When you use the no tagged command, the interface is automatically placed in the Default VLAN as an untagged interface unless the interface is a member of another VLAN. If the interface belongs to several VLANs, you must remove it from all VLANs to change it to an untagged interface. Tagged interfaces can belong to multiple VLANs, while untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN at a time.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If the track ip command is not configured, the VLAN's Layer 3 operational state depends on all the members of the VLAN. The Layer 2 state of the VLAN, and hence the Layer 2 traffic is not affected by the track ip command configuration. Related Commands interface vlan Configure a VLAN. tagged Specify which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged. untagged ces Syntax Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface.
31 Link Layer Detection Protocol (LLDP) Overview Link Layer Detection Protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The Dell Networking OS implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The information distributed by LLDP is stored by its recipients in a standard Management Information Base (MIB). The information can be accessed by a network management system through a management protocol such as SNMP. See the Link Layer Discovery Protocol chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for details on implementing LLDP/LLDP-MED. advertise dot1-tlv ces Syntax Advertise dot1 TLVs (Type, Length, Value).
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History max-frame-size Enter the keyword max-frame-size to advertise the dot3 maximum frame size. power-via-mdi Enter the keyword power-via-mdi to advertise IEEE 802.3at power-via-mdi TLV. No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Version 8.4.5.0 Introduced power-via-mdi option Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
debug lldp interface ces Syntax Enable LLDP debugging to display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets. debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events| packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Related Commands CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable LLDP globally.
Command History Related Commands Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors multiplier ces Syntax Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead. multiplier integer To return to the default, use the no multiplier integer command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com protocol lldp (Interface) ces Syntax Enter the LLDP protocol in the INTERFACE mode. [no] protocol lldp To return to the global LLDP configuration mode, use the no protocol lldp command from the Interface mode. Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.
Example Figure 31-1. show lldp neighbors Command Output R1(conf-if-gi-1/31)#do show lldp neighbors Loc PortID Rem Host Name Rem Port Id Rem Chassis Id ------------------------------------------------------------------------Gi 1/21 Gi 1/31 Usage Information R2 R3 GigabitEthernet 2/11 GigabitEthernet 3/11 00:01:e8:06:95:3e 00:01:e8:09:c2:4a Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
• identify network policy advertise med guest-voice ces Syntax Configure the system to advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services. advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. Range: 1 to 4094 layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. Range: 0 to 7 DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. Range: 0 to 63 priority-tagged number Enter the keyword priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 priority. Range: 0 to 7 unconfigured CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) \ Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
Usage Information ECS—Emergency Call Service such as defined by TIA or National Emergency Numbering Association (NENA) ELIN—Emergency Location Identification Number, a valid North America Numbering Plan format telephone number supplied for ECS purposes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). Range: 0 to 63 priority-tagged number Enter the keyword priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 priority. Range: 0 to 7 unconfigured CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
advertise med video-conferencing ces Syntax Configure the system to advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video. advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). Range: 0 to 63 priority-tagged number Enter the keyword priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 priority. Range: 0 to 7 unconfigured CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
advertise med voice-signaling ces Syntax Configure the system to advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data. advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
32 Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) Overview The platforms on which a command is supported is indicated by the character — e for the E-Series, c for the C-Series, and s for the S-Series — that appears below each command heading.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • group-address For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced ipv6 mld explicit-tracking e Syntax Enable MLD explicit tracking of receivers. ipv6 mld explicit-tracking To disable explicit tracking, use the no ipv6 mld explicit-tracking command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Disabled INTERFACE (conf-if) Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced If snooping is enabled on the VLAN, this command has no effect. Enable ipv6 mld snooping explicit tracking instead.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter the querier timeout in seconds. Range: 60 - 300 Default: 255 255 seconds INTERFACE (conf-if) Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced ipv6 mld query-interval e Syntax Change the transmission frequency of the MLD host. ipv6 mld query-interval {seconds} To return to the default interval, use the no ipv6 mld query-interval command.
ipv6 mld static-group e Syntax Configure an MLD static group to exclude or include mode. ipv6 mld static-group group-address {exclude [source-address] | include source-address} To return to default, use the no ipv6 mld static-group group-address {exclude [source-address] | include source-address} command. Parameters group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes explicit Enter this keyword to display explicit tracking information. link-local Enter this keyword to display link-local groups. group-address Enter the group address for which you want to display information. interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type. detail View detailed group information. summary View a summary of group information. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.4.1.
Parameters interface [interface] Enter the keyword interface to display the configured MDL interfaces. Optionally, enter the keyword interface followed by one of the keywords below, with slot/port or number information, to display information for that specific interface: • • • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com MLD Snooping Commands The MLD Snooping commands are: • • • • • • • • ipv6 mld snooping enable ipv6 mld snooping flood ipv6 mld snooping ipv6 mld snooping explicit-tracking ipv6 mld snooping mrouter ipv6 mld snooping querier show ipv6 mld snooping groups show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter ipv6 mld snooping enable e Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Enable MLD Snooping globally. ipv6 mld snooping enable Disabled CONFIGURATION (conf) Version 7.4.1.
ipv6 mld snooping e Syntax Enable MLD Snooping (v1 and v2) on a VLAN. ipv6 mld snooping To disable MLD Snooping, use the no ipv6 mld snooping command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Enabled on all VLAN interfaces INTERFACE VLAN (conf-if-vl-n) Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced ipv6 mld snooping explicit-tracking e Syntax Enable explicit MLD Snooping tracking on an interface. ipv6 mld snooping explicit-tracking To disable, use the no ipv6 mld snooping explicit-tracking command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History INTERFACE VLAN (conf-if-vl-n) Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced ipv6 mld snooping querier e Syntax Enable the MLD querier processing for the VLAN interface. ipv6 mld snooping querier To disable the querier feature, use the no ipv6 mld snooping querier command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Disabled INTERFACE VLAN (conf-if-vl-n) Version 7.4.1.
Example Figure 32-3. show ipv6 mld snooping groups summary Command Example FTOS#show ipv6 mld snooping groups summary MLD snooping connected groups summary: (*,G) routes :12 FTOS# show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Display information on the MLD Snooping router. show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter [vlan] vlan (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number to display information on that specific VLAN.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
33 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Overview MSDP (Multicast Source Discovery Protocol) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. Dell Networking OS supports MSDP commands on the E-Series only, as indicated by the e character that appears below each command heading.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured EXEC Privilege Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.
Command History Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa e Syntax Enable a MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries. ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command followed by the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip msdp log-adjacency-changes e Syntax Enable logging of MSDP adjacency changes. ip msdp log-adjacency-changes To disable logging, use the no ip msdp log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured CONFIGURATION Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group e Configure a peer to be a member of a mesh group.
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information description name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword description followed by a description name (max 80 characters) to designate a description for the MSDP peer. sa-limit number (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. Range: 1 to 500000 Default: 500000 As above CONFIGURATION Version 7.5.1.0 Added option for SA upper limit and description option Version 6.2.1.
ip msdp sa-filter e Syntax Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the command no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands ip msdp peer Configure the MSDP peer clear ip msdp peer Clear the MSDP peer. show ip msdp Display the MSDP information ip msdp shutdown e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. ip msdp shutdown {peer address} peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) Not configured CONFIGURATION Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp e Syntax Enable MSDP.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example 1 Version 6.2.1.1 Figure 33-1. Introduced show ip msdp peer Command Example FTOS#show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.2(639) Connect Source: none State: Established Up/Down Time: 00:00:08 Timers: KeepAlive 60 sec, Hold time 75 sec SourceActive packet count (in/out): 0/0 SAs learned from this peer: 0 SA Filtering: Input (S,G) filter: none Output (S,G) filter: none FTOS# Example 2 Figure 33-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 958 Figure 33-4. show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Command Example FTOS#sh ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa MSDP Rejected SA Cache 200 rejected SAs UpTime GroupAddr SourceAddr 00:00:13 225.1.2.1 10.1.1.3 00:00:13 225.1.2.2 10.1.1.4 00:00:13 225.1.2.3 10.1.1.3 00:00:13 225.1.2.4 10.1.1.4 00:00:13 225.1.2.5 10.1.1.3 00:00:13 225.1.2.6 10.1.1.4 00:00:13 225.1.2.7 10.1.1.3 00:00:13 225.1.2.8 10.1.1.4 00:00:13 225.1.2.9 10.1.1.3 00:00:13 225.1.2.10 10.1.1.4 00:00:13 225.
34 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Overview Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), as implemented by Dell Networking OS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug spanning-tree mstp ces Syntax Enable debugging of Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol and view information on the protocol. debug spanning-tree mstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, enter no debug spanning-tree mstp. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interface {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug Bridge Protocol Data Units.
description ces Syntax Enter a description of the Multiple Spanning Tree description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands description Enter a description to identify the Multiple Spanning Tree (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-mstp”.) pre-7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com forward-delay ces Syntax The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, enter no forward-delay. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State.
Related Commands forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. max-age Change the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age ces Syntax Set the time interval for the Multiple Spanning Tree bridge to maintain configuration information before refreshing that information. max-age seconds To return to the default values, enter no max-age.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com max-hops ces Syntax Configure the maximum hop count. max-hops number To return to the default values, enter no max-hops. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. Range: 1 to 40 Default: 20 20 hops MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.5.1.
Command History Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series By default, all VLANs are mapped to MST instance zero (0) unless you use the vlan range command to map it to a non-zero instance. name ces Syntax The name you assign to the Multiple Spanning Tree region.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com protocol spanning-tree mstp ces Syntax Enter the MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode to enable and configure the Multiple Spanning Tree group. protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the Multiple Spanning Tree group, enter no protocol spanning-tree mstp command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
revision ces Syntax The revision number for the Multiple Spanning Tree configuration revision range To return to the default values, enter no revision. Parameters Defaults Command Modes range 0 MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History Usage Information Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. Range: 0 to 65535 Default: 0 Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show spanning-tree mst configuration ces Syntax Command Modes View the Multiple Spanning Tree configuration. show spanning-tree mst configuration EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 34-4.
show spanning-tree msti ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View the Multiple Spanning Tree instance. show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instance-number [Optional] Enter the Multiple Spanning Tree Instance number Range: 0 to 63 brief [Optional] Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard [Optional] Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 34-6. show spanning-tree msti with EDS and LBK FTOS#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
spanning-tree ces Syntax Enable Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol on the interface. spanning-tree To disable the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol on the interface, use no spanning-tree Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History spanning-tree Enter the keyword spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface. Default: Enable Enable INTERFACE Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series spanning-tree mstp ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Configures a Layer 2 MSTP interface as an edge port with (optionally) a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard, or enables the root guard or loop guard feature on the interface.
Enabling Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard at the same time on a port results in a port that remains in a blocking state and prevents traffic from flowing through it. For example, when Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard are both configured: • • If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an err-disabled blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
35 Multicast Overview The platforms on which a command is supported is indicated by the character — e for the E-Series, c for the C-Series, and s for the S-Series — that appears below each command heading.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ip mroute ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the PIM tree information base, use clear ip pim tib command. clear ip mroute {group-address [source-address] | *} group-address [source-address] Enter multicast group address and source address (if desired), in dotted decimal format, to clear information on a specific group. * Enter * to clear all multicast routes.
ip mroute show ip pim tib ces Syntax Show the PIM Tree Information Base. Assign a static mroute. ip mroute destination mask {ip-address | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] To delete a specific static mroute, use the command ip mroute destination mask {ip-address | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance].
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip multicast-lag-hashing e Syntax ip multicast-lag-hashing To revert to the default, enter no ip multicast-lag-hashing. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands 978 Distribute multicast traffic among Port Channel members in a round-robin fashion. | Multicast Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced for E-Series By default, one Port Channel member is chosen to forward multicast traffic.
ip multicast-limit ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Use this feature to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. ip multicast-limit limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. E-Series Range: 1 to 50000 E-Series Default: 15000 C-Series Range: 1 to 10000 C-Series Default: 4000 S-Series Range: 1 to 2000 S-Series Default: 400 As above CONFIGURATION Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip multicast-mode l2 c Syntax Enable Layer 2 multicast switching. ip multicast-mode l2 To return to the default Layer 3 multicast forwarding on the router, enter the no ip multicast-mode l2 command after you remove the static multicast MAC address (no mac-address-table static multicast multicast-mac-address command). Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.4.2.5 Introduced on C-Series.
mac-address-table static c Configure a static multicast MAC address, associate the multicast MAC address with the VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic, and add output ports that will receive multicast streams on the VLAN. To delete a configured static multicast MAC address from the MAC address table on the router, enter the no mac-address-table static multicast-mac-address command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com mac-flood-list e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Provide an exception to the restrict-flood configuration so that multicast frames within a specified MAC address range to be flooded on all ports in a VLAN. mac-flood-list mac-address mask vlan vlan-list [min-speed speed] mac-address Enter a multicast MAC address in hexadecimal format. mac-mask Enter the MAC Address mask.
mtrace e Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Trace a multicast route from the source to the receiver. mtrace {source-address/hostname} {destination-address/hostname} {group-address} source-address/ hostname Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). destination-address/ hostname Enter the destination (receiver) IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). group-address Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). EXEC Privilege Version 7.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com queue backplane multicast e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Reallocate the amount of bandwidth dedicated to multicast traffic. queue backplane multicast bandwidth-percentage percentage percentage Enter the percentage of backplane bandwidth to be dedicated to multicast traffic. Range: 5-95 80% of the scheduler weight is for unicast traffic and 20% is for multicast traffic by default. CONFIGURATION Version 7.7.1.0 Figure 35-1.
restrict-flooding et Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Prevent Layer 2 multicast traffic from being flooded on ports below a specified link speed. restrict-flooding multicast min-speed speed min-speed min-speed Enter the minimum link speed that a port must have to receive flooded multicast traffic. Range: 1000 None INTERFACE VLAN Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip mroute ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View the Multicast Routing Table. show ip mroute [static | group-address [source-address] | active [rate] | count | snooping [vlan vlan-id] [group-address [source-address]] | summary] static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view static multicast routes. group-address [source-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group-address to view only routes associated with that group.
Example 2 Figure 35-3. show ip mroute snooping Command Example FTOS#show ip mroute snooping IPv4 Multicast Snooping Table (*, 224.0.0.0), uptime 17:46:23 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/13 (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:04:16 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/11 GigabitEthernet 4/13 (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip rpf ces Syntax Command Modes View reverse path forwarding. show ip rpf EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information E-Series legacy command Static mroutes are used by network administrators to control the reachability of the multicast sources. If a PIM registered multicast source is reachable via static mroute as well as unicast route, the distance of each route is examined and the route with shorter distance is the one the PIM selects for reachability.
show mac-address-table static multicast c Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display information on the current configuration of Layer 2 multicast switching on a router. show mac-address-table static multicast [multicast-mac-address [vlan vlan-id] | vlan vlan-id | count [vlan vlan-id]] multicast-mac-address [vlan vlan-id] Enter the static multicast MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format and (optionally) the VLAN ID of a VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic on the router.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 35-2. show mac-address-table static multicast Information Column Heading Description L2MCIndex Displays the Layer 2 multicast index used to represent a group of outbound interfaces. The L2 multicast index is a hardware-specific index that is used an internal command and useful for debugging purposes. Range: 0 - 1023.
show queue backplane multicast e Syntax Defaults Command Modes Display the backplane bandwidth configuration about how much bandwidth is dedicated to multicast versus unicast. show queue backplane multicast bandwidth-percentage None EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.7.1.0 Figure 35-8.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv6 Multicast commands are: • • • • • • clear ipv6 mroute ipv6 multicast-limit ip multicast-routing show ipv6 mroute show ipv6 mroute mld show ipv6 mroute summary clear ipv6 mroute e Syntax Parameters Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the PIM tib, use clear ip pim tib command.
ipv6 multicast-limit e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Limit the number of multicast entries on the system. ipv6 multicast-limit limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. Range: 1 to 50000 Default: 15000 15000 routes CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced The maximum number of multicast entries allowed on each line card is determined by the CAM profile.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ipv6 mroute e Syntax Parameters View IPv6 multicast routes. show ipv6 mroute [group-address [source-address]] [active rate] [count group-address [source source-address]] group-address [source-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 multicast group-address to view only routes associated with that group. Optionally, enter the IPv6 source-address to view routes with that group-address and source-address.
Example Figure 35-10. show ipv6 mroute active Command Example FTOS#show ipv6 mroute active 10 Active Multicast Sources - sending >= 10 pps Group: ff05:300::1 Source: 165:87:31::30 Rate: 100 pps Group: ff05:3300::1 Source: 165:87:31::30 Rate: 100 pps Group: ff3e:300::4000:1 Source: 165:87:31::20 Rate: 100 pps Group: ff3e:3300::4000:1 Source: 165:87:31::20 Rate: 100 pps FTOS# Example Figure 35-11.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ipv6 mroute mld e Syntax Parameters Display the Multicast MLD information. show ipv6 mroute [mld [group-address | all | vlan vlan-id]] mld (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mld to display Multicast MLD information. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. Defaults Command Modes all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all the MLD information.
show ipv6 mroute summary e Syntax Defaults Command Modes Display a summary of the Multicast routing table. show ipv6 mroute summary No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Example Figure 35-14.
| Multicast www.dell.com | support.dell.
36 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) Overview Neighbor Discovery Protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4. It defines mechanisms for solving the following problems: • • • • • • • • • Router discovery: Hosts can locate routers residing on a link. Prefix discovery: Hosts can discover address prefixes for the link.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • ipv6 nd suppress-ra ipv6 neighbor show ipv6 neighbors clear ipv6 neighbors e Syntax Parameters Delete all entries in the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache, or neighbors of a specific interface. Static entries will not be removed using this command. clear ipv6 neighbors [ipv6-address] [interface] ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format to remove a specific IPv6 neighbor.
ipv6 nd max-ra-interval e Syntax Configure the interval between the IPv6 router advertisement (RA) transmissions on an interface. ipv6 nd max-ra-interval {interval} min-ra-interval {interval} To restore the default interval, use the no ipv6 nd max-ra-interval command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes max-ra-interval {interval} Enter the keyword max-ra-interval followed by the interval in seconds.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ipv6 nd other-config-flag e Set the other stateful configuration flag in the IPv6 router advertisement. The description of this flag from RFC 2461 (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2461) is: O: 1-bit “Other stateful configuration” flag. When set, hosts use the administered (stateful) protocol for autoconfiguration of other (non-address) information. The use of this flag is described in: Thomson, S. and T. Narten, “IPv6 Address Autoconfiguration”, RFC 2462, December 1998.
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime e Configure the router lifetime value in the IPv6 router advertisements on an interface. The description of router lifetime from RFC 2461(http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2461) is: Router Lifetime: 16-bit unsigned integer. The lifetime associated with the default router in units of seconds. The maximum value corresponds to 18.2 hours. A Lifetime of 0 indicates that the router is not a default router and SHOULD NOT appear on the default router list.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Enabled INTERFACE ipv6 neighbor e Syntax Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery. ipv6 neighbor {ipv6-address} {interface interface} {hardware_address} To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighbor {ipv6-address} {interface interface} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format.
cpu Enter the keyword cpu followed by either rp1 or rp2 (Route Processor 1 or 2), optionally followed by an IPv6 address to display the IPv6 neighbor entries stored on the designated RP. interface interface • • • • • Defaults Command Modes For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
37 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on platforms: c e s Overview Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug track ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enables debugging for tracked objects. debug track [all | notifications | object-id] all Enables debugging on the state and notifications of all tracked objects. notifications Enables debugging on the notifications of all tracked objects. object-id Enables debugging on the state and notifications of the specified tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535.
delay ces Syntax Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients. delay {[up seconds] [down seconds]} To return to the default setting, enter no delay. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Usage Information seconds Enter the number of seconds the object tracker waits before sending a notification about the change in the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked object to clients. Range: 0 to 180 Default: 0 seconds.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com description ces Syntax description {text} To remove the description, enter the no description {text} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands 1010 Enter a description of a tracked object. | Object Tracking text Enter a description to identify a tracked object (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values OBJECT TRACKING (conf_track_object-id) Version 8.4.1.
show running-config track ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands Example Display the current configuration of tracked objects. show running-config track [object-id] object-id (OPTIONAL) Display information on the specified tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535. EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced show track Display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show track ces Syntax Parameters Display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object. show track [object-id [brief] | interface [brief] [vrf vrf-name] | ip route [brief] [vrf vrf-name] | resolution | vrf vrf-name [brief] | brief] object-id (OPTIONAL) Display information on the specified tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535.
Example Figure 37-1. Command Example: show track FTOS#show track Track 1 IP route 23.0.0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 37-2. Command Example Description: show track brief ResID Number of the tracked object Resource Type of tracked object Parameter Detailed description of the tracked object State Up or Down state of the tracked object Last Change Time since the last change in the state of the tracked object threshold metric ces Syntax Configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked IPv4 or IPv6 route.
• • If the scaled metric for a route entry is less than or equal to the UP threshold, the state of a route is UP. If the scaled metric for a route is greater than or equal to the DOWN threshold or the route is not entered in the routing table, the state of a route is DOWN. You configure the UP and DOWN thresholds for each tracked route with the threshold metric command. The default UP threshold is 254; the default DOWN threshold is 255.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. Valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. vrf vrf-name (Optional) C-Series and E-Series only: You can configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance to specify the virtual routing table to which the tracked route belongs. None CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.4.1.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Usage Information object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535. ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. Valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 32. vrf vrf-name (Optional) C-Series and E-Series only: You can configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance to specify the virtual routing table to which the tracked route belongs. None CONFIGURATION Version 8.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com track interface ip routing ces Syntax Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface. track object-id interface interface ip routing To return to the default setting, enter no track object-id. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535. interface Enter one of the following values: • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes CONFIGURATION Related Commands • | Object Tracking Version 8.4.6.
track interface line-protocol ces Syntax Configure object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. track object-id interface interface line-protocol To return to the default setting, enter no track object-id. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com track resolution ip route ces Syntax Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv4 route metric. track resolution ip route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, enter no track object-id. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535.
IPv6 Object Tracking Commands The IPv6 object tracking commands are: • • • • • show track ipv6 route track interface ipv6 routing track ipv6 route metric threshold track ipv6 route reachability track resolution ipv6 route The following object tracking commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • • • • • • debug track delay description show running-config track threshold metric track interface line-protocol show track ipv6 route ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display information about all tracked IPv6 route
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 37-3.
track interface ipv6 routing ces Syntax Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface. track object-id interface interface ipv6 routing To return to the default setting, enter no track object-id. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535. interface Enter one of the following values: • • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes E-Series: 1 to 32 for EtherScale; 1 to 255 for TeraScale; 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com track ipv6 route metric threshold ces Syntax Configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. track object-id ipv6 route ipv6-address/prefix-len metric threshold To return to the default setting, enter no track object-id. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535. ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. Valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128.
track ipv6 route reachability ces Syntax Configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv6 route. track object-id ipv6 route ip-address/prefix-len reachability To return to the default setting, enter no track object-id. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Usage Information object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535. ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. Valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to /128.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com track resolution ipv6 route ces Syntax Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv6 route metric. track resolution ipv6 route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, enter no track object-id. Parameters Defaults Command Modes object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535.
38 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Overview Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platforms c e s Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on platforms c e Note: The C-Series supports OSPFv3 with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0 and later. OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS).
www.dell.com | support.dell.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • show ip ospf database nssa-external show ip ospf database opaque-area show ip ospf database opaque-as show ip ospf database opaque-link show ip ospf database router show ip ospf database summary show ip ospf interface show ip ospf neighbor show ip ospf routes show ip ospf statistics show ip ospf topology show ip ospf virtual-links summary-address timers spf area default-cost ces Syntax Set the metric for the summary default route generated by the area border router (ABR) into
www.dell.com | support.dell.com area nssa ces Syntax Specify an area as a Not So Stubby Area (NSSA). area area-id nssa [default-information-originate] [no-redistribution] [no-summary] To delete an NSSA, enter no area area-id nssa. Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) or enter a number from 0 and 65535. no-redistribution (OPTIONAL) Specify that the redistribute command should not distribute routes into the NSSA.
Usage Information Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. area stub Create a stub area. router ospf Enter the ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. area stub ces Syntax Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To delete a parameter of a virtual link, use the no area area-id virtual-link router-id [[authentication-key [encryption-type] key] | [message-digest-key keyid md5 [encryption-type] key]] [dead-interval seconds] [hello-interval seconds] [retransmit-interval seconds] [transmit-delay seconds] command syntax. Parameters area-id Specify the transit area for the virtual link in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535.
You cannot enable both authentication options. Choose either the authentication-key or message-digest-key option. auto-cost ces Syntax Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no auto-cost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ip ospf statistics ces Syntax Parameters Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. clear ip ospf process-id statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear statistics for a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to debug a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. bfd (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bfd to debug only OSPF BFD information. event (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword event to debug only OSPF event information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 38-1. Field aut: Output Descriptions for debug ip ospf process-id packet Description States if OSPF authentication is configured. One of the following is listed: • • • 0 - no authentication configured 1 - simple authentication configured using the ip ospf authentication-key command) 2 - MD5 authentication configured using the ip ospf message-digest-key command. auk: If the ip ospf authentication-key command is configured, this field displays the key used.
metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric-type followed by an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • • route-map map-name Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands 1 = Type 1 external route 2 = Type 2 external route. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Disabled. ROUTER OSPF Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values ROUTER OSPF Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
distance ospf ces Syntax Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, enter no distance ospf. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external followed by a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes. Range: 1 to 255 Default: 110.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Not configured. ROUTER OSPF Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The distribute-list out command applies to routes being redistributed by autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. Note that the faster the convergence, the more frequent the route calculations and updates. This will impact CPU utilization and may impact adjacency stability in larger topologies. Generally, convergence level 1 meets most convergence requirements. Higher convergence levels should only be selected following consultation with Dell Networking technical support.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Not Configured ROUTER OSPF Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series graceful-restart helper-reject ces Syntax Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, enter no graceful-restart helper-reject.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series graceful-restart role ces Syntax Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, enter no graceful-restart role.
ip ospf authentication-key ces Syntax Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. ip ospf authentication-key [encryption-type] key To delete an authentication key, enter no ip ospf authentication-key. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an 8 character string. Strings longer than 8 characters are truncated. Not configured. INTERFACE Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip ospf dead-interval ces Syntax Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, enter no ip ospf dead-interval. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. Range: 1 to 65535. Default: 40 seconds.
ip ospf message-digest-key ces Syntax Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface. ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key To delete a key, use the no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information keyid Enter a number as the key ID. Range: 1 to 255. key Enter a continuous character string as the password. No MD5 authentication is configured. INTERFACE Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip ospf network ces Syntax Set the network type for the interface. ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, enter no ip ospf network. Parameters Defaults Command Modes broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network. point-to-point Enter the keyword point-to-point to designate the interface as part of a point-to-point network. Not configured. ROUTER OSPF Command History Version 7.8.1.
ip ospf retransmit-interval ces Syntax Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, enter no ip ospf retransmit-interval. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. Range: 1 to 3600. Default: 5 seconds.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com log-adjacency-changes ces Syntax Defaults Command Mode Command History Generate a Syslog message for OSPF adjacency state changes. When enabled, changes are logged for both IPv4 and IPv6 adjacencies. log-adjacency-changes Disabled. ROUTER OSPF Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced for IPv6. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
Usage Information When you bring a new router onto an OSPF network, you can configure the router to function as a stub router by globally reconfiguring the OSPF link cost so that other routers do not use a path that forwards traffic destined to other networks through the new router for a specified time until the router’s switching and routing functions are up and running, and the routing tables in network routers have converged.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com maximum-paths ces Syntax Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, enter no maximum-paths. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History number Specify the number of paths. Range: 1 to 16. Default: 4 paths. 4 ROUTER OSPF Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information ip-address Specify a primary or secondary address in dotted decimal format. The primary address is required before adding the secondary address. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format. (/x) area-id Enter the OSPF area ID as either a decimal value or in a valid IP address. Decimal value range: 0 to 65535 IP address format: dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. Note: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it will be converted to a decimal value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces (current and future) passive. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Command Modes E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
• If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passive-interface interface into the running configuration. No passive-interface default • • • Clear everything and revert to the default behavior. All previously marked passive interfaces are removed. May update ABR status. On configuring suppression using the passive-interface command, the state of the OSPF neighbor does not change to INIT; instead, the state of the OSPF neighbor changes to DOWN after the dead-timer expires.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands default-information originate Generate a default route into the OSPF routing domain. redistribute bgp ces Syntax Redistribute BGP routing information throughout the OSPF instance. redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] | [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command.
Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute both IS-IS Level-1 and Level-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-2 routes. metric metric-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric followed by a number. Range: 0 (zero) to 4294967295.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 38-3. Command Example: router-id FTOS(conf)#router ospf 100 FTOS(conf-router_ospf)#router-id 1.1.1.1 Changing router-id will bring down existing OSPF adjacency [y/n]: FTOS(conf-router_ospf)#show config ! router ospf 100 router-id 1.1.1.
Usage Information You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter the ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF. Once the OSPF process and the VRF are tied together, the OSPF Process ID cannot be used again in the system. show config ces Syntax Command Modes Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. show config ROUTER OSPF Command History Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information If you are using Multi-Process OSPF, you must enter the Process ID to view information regarding a specific OSPF process. If you do not enter the Process ID, only the first configured process is listed. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output will not list Area 0. Example Figure 38-6. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id FTOS>show ip ospf 1 Routing Process ospf 1 with ID 11.1.2.
Command History Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series If you are using Multi-Process OSPF, you must enter the Process ID to view information regarding a specific OSPF process. If you do not enter the Process ID, only the first configured process is listed.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Example If you are using Multi-Process OSPF, you must enter the Process ID to view information regarding a specific OSPF process. If you do not enter the Process ID, only the first configured process is listed. Figure 38-8. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id database database-summary FTOS#show ip ospf database database-summary ! OSPF Router with ID (200.1.1.1) (Process ID 1) Area ID 0 Example Router Net 4 3 Figure 38-9.
Related Commands show ip ospf database asbr-summary Displays only ASBR summary LSA information. show ip ospf database asbr-summary ces Syntax Parameters Display information about AS Boundary LSAs. show ip ospf process-id database asbr-summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 38-10. Command Example: show ip ospf database asbr-summary (Partial) FTOS#show ip ospf 100 database asbr-summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Asbr (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1437 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
show ip ospf database external ces Syntax Parameters Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. show ip ospf process-id database external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 38-11. Command Example: show ip ospf database external FTOS#show ip ospf 1 database external OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.5) (Process ID 1) Type-5 AS External LS age: 612 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 12.12.12.2 Advertising Router: 20.31.3.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4cde Length: 36 Network Mask: /32 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 25 Forward Address: 0.0.0.
Table 38-5. external Related Commands Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database Item Description TOS Displays the TOS options. Option 0 is the only option. Metrics Displays the LSA metric. Forward Address Identifies the address of the forwarding router. Data traffic is forwarded to this router. If the forwarding address is 0.0.0.0, data traffic is forwarded to the originating router. External Route Tag Displays the 32-bit field attached to each external route.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 38-12. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id database network FTOS#show ip ospf 1 data network OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.5) (Process ID 1) Network (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1372 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 202.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000006 Checksum: 0xa35 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 20.20.20.8 Attached Router: 20.20.20.9 Attached Router: 20.20.20.
show ip ospf database nssa-external ces Syntax Parameters Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. show ip ospf database nssa-external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series If you are using Multi-Process OSPF, you must enter the Process ID to view information regarding a specific OSPF process. If you do not enter the Process ID, only the first configured process is listed. Figure 38-13.
Table 38-7. Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database opaque-area Related Commands Item Description Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID). Opaque ID Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID). show ip ospf database Displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-as ces Syntax Parameters Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Usage Information Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series If you are using Multi-Process OSPF, you must enter the Process ID to view information regarding a specific OSPF process. If you do not enter the Process ID, only the first configured process is listed. Figure 38-14. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id database router (Partial) FTOS#show ip ospf 100 database router OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 38-8. Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database router Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • • • Related Commands TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series If you are using Multi-Process OSPF, you must enter the Process ID to view information regarding a specific OSPF process. If you do not enter the Process ID, only the first configured process is listed. Figure 38-15.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 38-9. summary Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database Items Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • • • Related Commands TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For the null interface, enter the keyword null followed by zero (0).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 38-16. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id interface FTOS>show ip ospf int GigabitEthernet 13/17 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.1.2/30, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.2, Interface address 192.168.1.2 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.1, Interface address 192.168.1.
Parameters Command Modes process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series If you are using Multi-Process OSPF, you must enter the Process ID to view information regarding a specific OSPF process. If you do not enter the Process ID, only the first configured process is listed.
global Enter the keyword global to display the packet counts received on all running OSPF interfaces and packet counts received and transmitted by all OSPF neighbors. interface name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by one of the following interface keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • neighbor router-id Defaults Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 38-19.
Table 38-13.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 38-20. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id statistics FTOS#show ip ospf 100 statistics Interface GigabitEthernet 0/8 Hello-Timer 9, Wait-Timer 0, Grace-Timer 0 Error packets (Only for RX) Intf-Down Wrong-Len Auth-Error Version SeqNo-Err 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Dr Invld-Nbr MD5-Error AreaMisMatch Unkown-Pkt 0 0 0 0 0 Self-Org Nbr-State Cksum-Err Conf-Issue 0 0 0 0 Neighbor ID 9.1.1.
Example Figure 38-21. Command Example: show ip ospf process-id topology FTOS#show ip ospf 1 topology Router ID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 FTOS# Flags Cost Nexthop E/B/-/ 1 20.0.0.3 E/-/-/ 1 10.0.0.1 Interface Gi 13/1 0 Gi 7/1 Area 1 show ip ospf virtual-links Note: Starting in C-Series release 8.4.7.0, this command is not supported. ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display the OSPF virtual links configured and is useful for debugging OSPF routing operations.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 38-14. Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id virtual-links Items Description “Transmit Delay...” This line displays the transmit delay assigned to the link and the State of the OSPF neighbor. “Timer intervals...” This line displays the timer values assigned to the virtual link. The timers are Hello is hello-interval, Dead is dead-interval, Wait is transmit-delay, and Retransmit is retransmit-interval. “Hello due...
timers spf ces Syntax Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default, enter no timers spf. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information delay Enter a number as the delay. Range: 0 to 4294967295. Default: 5 seconds holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. Range: 0 to 4294967295. Default: 10 seconds.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com OSPFv3 Commands Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on the c and e platforms. Note: The C-Series supports OSPFv3 with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0 and later. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, etc.) remain unchanged. However, OSPFv3 runs on a per-link basis instead of on a per-IP-subnet basis. Most changes were necessary to handle the increased address size of IPv6.
area authentication et Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area. Syntax area area-id authentication ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryption-type] key Parameters Default Command Modes Command History Usage Information area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be authenticated. For area-id, you can enter a number or an IPv6 prefix. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. Range: 256 to 4294967295.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com area encryption et Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area. Syntax area area-id encryption ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key authentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key Parameters Default Command Modes Command History Usage Information area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted. For area-id, you can enter a number or an IPv6 prefix.
The configuration of IPsec encryption on an interface-level takes precedence over an area-level configuration. If you remove an interface configuration, an area encryption policy that has been configured is applied to the interface. To remove an IPsec encryption policy from an interface, enter the no area area-id encryption spi number command. Related Commands - ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy on an OSPFv3 interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Command Modes Command History Example For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
Table 38-15. debug ip ospf Output Fields Field Description Router ID: Displays the OSPF3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the Area ID. Chksum: Displays the OSPF3 checksum. default-information originate ce Configure Dell Networking OS to generate a default external route into the OSPFv3 routing domain. Syntax default-information originate [always [metric metric-value] [metric-type type-value]] [route-map map-name] To return to the default, use the no default-information originate command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes seconds OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions in a helper-only role. ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History Usage Information Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPFv3 terminates the process. Range: 40 to 1800 seconds Version 8.4.2.2 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale.
• An unplanned restart occurs when an unplanned event causes the active RPM to switch to the backup RPM, such as when an active process crashes, the active RPM is removed, or a power failure happens. During an unplanned restart, OSPF sends out a Grace LSA when the backup RPM comes online. By default, both planned and unplanned restarts trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart. Selecting one or the other mode restricts OSPFv3 to the single selected mode. ipv6 ospf area ce Enable IPv6 OSPF on an interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 interface, you must first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
Default Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Not configured. INTERFACE Command History Usage Information key-encryption-type Version 8.4.2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information In general, the path cost is calculated as: 10^8 / bandwidth Using this formula, the default path cost are calculated as: • • • GigabitEthernet—Default cost is 1 TenGigabitEthernet—Default cost is 1 Ethernet—Default cost is 10 ipv6 ospf dead-interval ce Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the time interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router down.
Usage Information By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. The graceful-restart role command is not supported in OSPFv3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not point-to-point networks. ipv6 router ospf ce Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enabled, that is sending of routing updates are enabled by default ROUTER OSPFv3 Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced By default, no interfaces are passive. Routing updates are sent to all interfaces on which the routing protocol is enabled.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3. Range: 0 to 4294967295 Default: 0 Not configured. ROUTER OSPFv3 Version 7.8.1.
show crypto ipsec policy et Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Syntax show crypto ipsec policy [name name] Parameters Defaults Command Modes name name (OPTIONAL) Displays configuration details about a specified policy. No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.4.2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 38-24.
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 et Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces. Syntax show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 [interface interface] Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface, where interface is one of the following values: • • • • Defaults Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter GigabitEthernet slot/port. For a Port Channel interface, enter port-channel number.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 38-25.
show ipv6 ospf database ce Display information in the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs). Syntax show ipv6 ospf database [database-summary | grace-lsa] Parameters Defaults Command Modes database-summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-summary to view a summary of database LSA information. grace-lsa (OPTIONAL) E-Series TeraScale only: Enter the keywords grace-lsa to display the Type-11 Grace LSAs sent and received on an OSPFv3 router.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 38-27. show ipv6 ospf database database-summary Command FTOS#show ipv6 ospf database database-summary OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Example For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Defaults Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
39 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Overview Policy-based Routing (PBR) enables you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, you create a redirect list and then apply it to the interface. Once the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by Dell Networking OS on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series platforms.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com description ces Syntax Add a description to this redirect list. description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands description Enter a description to identify the IP redirect list (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values REDIRECT-LIST Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series Version 8.4.2.
If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop. Otherwise the normal routing table is used to forward traffic. When a redirect-group is applied to an interface and the next-hop is reachable, the rules are added into the PBR CAM region. When incoming traffic hits an entry in the CAM, the traffic is redirected to the corresponding next-hop IP address specified in the rule. Note: Apply redirect list to physical, VLAN, or LAG interfaces only.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com permit ces Syntax Configure a rule for the redirect list. permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] To remove the rule, use one of the following: If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax.
redirect ces Syntax Configure a rule for the redirect list. redirect {ip-address | sonet slot/port} {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type [bit]} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator] To remove this filter, use one of the following: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Version 7.4.1.0 Added the bit variable for TCP protocols only Version 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale seq ces Syntax Configure a filter with an assigned sequence number for the redirect list.
bit (OPTIONAL) For TCP protocol type only, enter one or a combination of the following TCP flags: • • • • • • operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show cam pbr ces Syntax Parameters Display the PBR CAM content. show cam pbr {[interface interface] | linecard slot-number port-set number]} [summary] interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the name of the interface. Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Related Commands ip redirect-group Apply a redirect group to an interface. show ip redirect-list Display the redirect-list configuration. show cam-usage Display the CAM usage on ACL, router, or switch.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 1120 show ip redirect-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View the redirect list configuration and the interfaces it is applied to. show ip redirect-list redirect-list-name redirect-list-name Enter the name of a configured Redirect list. EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 39-2. show ip redirect-list Command Example FTOS#show ip redirect-list test_sonet IP redirect-list rcl0: Defined as: seq 5 permit ip any host 182.16.2.10 seq 10 redirect 182.16.1.
40 PIM-Dense Mode (PIM-DM) Overview PIM-DM is supported on E-Series ExaScale ex in Dell Networking OS 8.1.1.0. and later. PIM-DM is supported on E-Series TeraScale et, C-Series c, and S-Series s platforms in Dell Networking OS 8.4.2.0. and later.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip pim dense-mode ces Syntax Enable PIM Dense-Mode (PIM-DM) Multicast capability for the specified interface. ip pim dense-mode To disable PIM-DM, use the no ip pim dense-mode command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Disabled INTERFACE Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced Figure 40-1.
41 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) Overview The platforms on which a command is supported is indicated by the character — e for the E-Series, c for the C-Series, and s for the S-Series — that appears below each command heading. PIM is supported on E-Series ExaScale ex with Dell Networking OS 8.1.1.0. and later.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • show ip pim interface show ip pim neighbor show ip pim rp show ip pim snooping interface show ip pim snooping neighbor show ip pim snooping tib show ip pim summary show ip pim tib show running-config pim clear ip pim rp-mapping ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Used by the bootstrap router (BSR) to remove all or particular Rendezvous Point (RP) Advertisement.
clear ip pim snooping tib ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands Clear tree information discovered by PIM-SM snooping from the PIM database. clear ip pim snooping tib [vlan vlan-id] [group-address] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to clear TIB information learned through PIM-SM snooping about a specified VLAN. Valid VLAN IDs: 1 to 4094. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ip pim bsr-border ces Syntax Define the border of PIM domain by filtering inbound and outbound PIM-BSR messages per interface. ip pim bsr-border To return to the default value, enter no ip pim bsr-border. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Disabled INTERFACE Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
Defaults Command Modes hash-mask-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length. Range: zero (0) to 32 Default: 30 priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. Range: zero (0) to 255 Default: zero (0) Not configured. CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 6.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com nsf Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter the keyword nfs to configure the Non-stop Forwarding capability. restart-time (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword restart-time followed by the number of seconds estimated for the PIM speaker to restart. Range: 30 to 300 seconds Default: 180 seconds stale-entry-time (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stale-entry-time followed by the number of seconds for which entries are kept alive after restart.
Example Figure 41-1. ip pim join-filter Command Example FTOS(conf)# ip access-list extended iptv-channels FTOS(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 10.1.2.3/24 225.1.1.0/24 FTOS(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip any 232.1.1.0/24 FTOS(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 100.1.1.0/16 any FTOS(config-if-gi-1/1)# ip pim join-filter iptv-channels in FTOS(config-if-gi-1/1)# ip pim join-filter iptv-channels out Related Commands ip access-list extended Configure an access list based on IP addresses or protocols.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ip pim query-interval ces Syntax Change the frequency of PIM Router-Query messages. ip pim query-interval seconds To return to the default value, enter no ip pim query-interval seconds command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. Default: 30 seconds Range: 0 to 65535 30 seconds INTERFACE Version 8.1.
ip pim rp-address ces Syntax Configure a static PIM Rendezvous Point (RP) address for a group or access-list. ip pim rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} override To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} override command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information address Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip pim rp-candidate ces Syntax Configure a PIM router to send out a Candidate-RP-Advertisement message to the Bootstrap (BS) router or define group prefixes that are defined with the RP address to PIM BSR. ip pim rp-candidate {interface [priority] To return to the default value, enter no ip pim rp-candidate {interface [priority] command.
ip pim snooping ex Syntax Enable PIM-SM snooping globally on a switch or on a VLAN interface. ip pim snooping [enable] To disable PIM-SM snooping enter the no form of the command. Defaults Command Modes Disabled. CONFIGURATION: To configure PIM-SM snooping globally, enter the ip pim snooping enable command in global configuration mode. VLAN INTERFACE: To configure PIM-SM snooping on a VLAN interface, enter the ip pim snooping command in VLAN interface configuration mode.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip pim sparse-mode ces Syntax Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface. ip pim sparse-mode To disable PIM sparse mode and IGMP, enter no ip pim sparse-mode. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Disabled. INTERFACE Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series on port-channels and S-Series C-Series supports a maximum of 31 PIM interfaces.
ip pim spt-threshold ce Configure PIM router to switch to shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value. Syntax ip pim spt-threshold value | infinity To return to the default value, enter no ip pim spt-threshold. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information value (OPTIONAL) Enter the traffic value in kilobits per second. Default: 10 packets per second. A value of zero (0) will cause a switchover on the first packet.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands ip pim snooping Enable PIM-SM snooping. show ip pim bsr-router ces Syntax Command Modes View information on the Bootstrap router. show ip pim bsr-router EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Figure 41-2.
Table 41-1. show ip pim interface Command Example Fields Field Description Address Lists the IP addresses of the interfaces participating in PIM. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), of the interfaces participating in PIM. Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number and mode for each interface participating in PIM. • • v2 = PIM version 2 S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 41-2. show ip pim neighbor Command Example Fields Field Description Ver Displays the PIM version number. • DR prio/Mode v2 = PIM version 2 Displays the Designated Router priority and the mode. • • • 1 = default Designated Router priority (use ip pim dr-priority) DR = Designated Router S = Sparse mode show ip pim rp ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings.
Example 3 Figure 41-7. show ip pim rp group-address Command Example 3 FTOS#sh ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 FTOS# show ip pim snooping interface ex Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. show ip pim snooping interface [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. Valid VLAN IDs: 1 to 4094.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip pim snooping neighbor ex Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping. show ip pim snooping neighbor [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about PIM neighbors that was discovered by PIM-SM snooping on a specified VLAN. Valid VLAN IDs: 1 to 4094. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.4.1.1 Figure 41-9.
show ip pim snooping tib ex Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display information from the tree information base (TIB) discovered by PIM-SM snooping about multicast group members and states. show ip pim snooping tib [vlan vlan-id] [group-address [source-address]] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display TIB information discovered by PIM-SM snooping on a specified VLAN. Valid VLAN IDs: 1 to 4094. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 41-5. show ip pim snooping tib Command Example Fields Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the PIM multicast snooping database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM multicast route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database. RP Displays the IP address of the RP/source for this entry.
show ip pim summary ces Syntax Command Modes View information about PIM-SM operation. show ip pim summary EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.4.1.1 Support for the display of PIM-SM snooping status was added on E-Series ExaScale Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Figure 41-11.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip pim tib ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View the PIM tree information base (TIB). show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Figure 41-12.
Table 41-6.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
Parameters bsr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bsr to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM Candidate RP/BSR activities. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM events. group group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group followed by the group address to invoke debugging on that specific group. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM packets.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Defaults Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
ipv6 pim join-filter e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an access list. This command prevents the PIM-SM router from creating state based on multicast source and/or group. ipv6 pim join-filter access-list access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. in Enter this keyword to apply the access list to inbound traffic. out Enter this keyword to apply the access list to outbound traffic.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information None CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ipv6 pim register-filter e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Configure the source DR so that it does not send register packets to the RP for the specified sources and groups.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. RP addresses learnt via BSR take priority over static RP addresses. Without the override option, RPs advertised by the BSR updates take precedence over the statically configured RPs. ipv6 pim rp-candidate e Syntax Parameters Specify an interface as an RP candidate.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ipv6 pim sparse-mode e Syntax Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode on the interface. ipv6 pim sparse-mode To disable IPv6 PIM sparse mode, enter no ipv6 pim sparse-mode. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Disabled INTERFACE Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced The interface must be enabled (no shutdown command) and not have the switchport command configured. Multicast must also be enabled globally. PIM is supported on the port-channel interface.
show ipv6 pim bsr-router e Syntax Command Modes View information on the bootstrap router (v2). show ipv6 pim bsr-router EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Example Figure 41-13.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to displayed PIM neighbor detailed information. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Example Figure 41-15.
Example 2 Figure 41-17. show ipv6 pim rp mapping Command Example FTOS#show ipv6 pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): ff00::/8 RP: 14::1, v2 Info source: 14::1, via bootstrap, priority 192 Uptime: 00:03:37, expires: 00:01:53 Group(s): ff00::/8, Static RP: 14::2, v2 FTOS# show ipv6 pim tib e Syntax Parameters View the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base—tib).
| PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) www.dell.com | support.dell.
42 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) Overview The platforms on which a command is supported is indicated by the character — e for the E-Series, c for the C-Series, and s for the S-Series — that appears below each command heading. PIM is supported on E-Series ExaScale ex with Dell Networking OS 8.1.1.0. and later.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip pim ssm-range ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Specify the SSM group range using an access-list. ip pim ssm-range {access_list_name} access_list_name Enter the name of the access list. Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series.
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com When the SSM ACL is removed, the default range is restored. When SSM range is configured, Dell Networking OS supports SSM for configured group range as well as default SSM range. show ipv6 pim ssm-range e Syntax Command Modes Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. show ipv6 pim ssm-range EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.4.1.0 Figure 42-1.
43 Power over Ethernet (PoE) and Power over Ethernet Plus (PoE+) Overview Dell Networking OS supports Power over Ethernet (PoE) on C-Series and S-Series systems (S25V and S50V models) as described by IEEE 802.3af. Dell Networking OS supports Power over Ethernet Plus (PoE+) on the C-Series system, as described by IEEE 802.3at. Refer to the c and s characters that appear below each command heading. If a command supports both PoE and PoE+, PoE supports the S-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter the stack unit ID, from 0 to 7, of the stack member that you want to configure. 321-790 After entering the stack unit number, enter a value representing the watts to be used for PoE. Range: 321 to 790 320W (Redundancy mode) CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information 0-7 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Setting a value above 320W causes a warning to display stating the device might lose power redundancy.
power inline priority cs Set the power priority of the selected port. Syntax [no] power inline priority {critical | high | low} Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter the keyword critical to set the power priority of the port to the highest level. high Enter the keyword high to set the power priority of the port to the second highest level. low Enter the keyword low to set the power priority of the port to the lowest level. none INTERFACE Command History Usage Information critical Version 7.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show power detail cs Display the total power consumption and power consumption by component. Syntax show power detail Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.4.1.0 Inline Power Used removed from the output. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 4.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Related Commands power inline Enable power to be supplied to a device connected to a port. power inline priority Set the PoE/PoE+ priority of the selected port show power inline cs Display the ports that are enabled with PoE/PoE+ and the amount of power that each is consuming. Syntax show power inline Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.4.5.0 Added Device Type and LLDP Support to command output on the C-Series. Version 8.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 43-2. Related Commands show power inline Command Output Field Description User Priority Displays the power you configured for the port (default is low). See power inline priority. LLDP Support Displays the power requested is via LLDP-MED extended power-via-mdi TLV or IEEE 802.3at power-via-mdi TLV. power inline Enable power to be supplied to a device connected to a port.
Table 43-3. S-Series Example Power Supply Status Conditions for the C-Series Power Off The PSU is present but the switch is in OFF position. Power supply fan fail The PSU fan has failed. Figure 43-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
44 Port Monitoring Overview The Port Monitoring feature enables you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. The Remote Port Mirroring feature allows you to monitor traffic on multiple source ports on different switches and transport mirrored packets on a dedicated L2 VLAN to multiple destination ports on different switches.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • • • On the E-Series, Port Monitoring is supported on TeraScale and ExaScale platforms. Port Monitoring is supported on physical ports only. Logical interfaces, such as Port Channels and VLANs, are not supported. Dell Networking OS supports as many monitor sessions on a system as the number of port-pipes. A SONET port can only be configured as a monitored port.
flow-based enable e Syntax Enable flow-based monitoring. flow-based enable To disable flow-based monitoring, use the no flow-based enable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Disabled, that is flow-based monitoring is not applied MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com mode remote-port-mirroring ex Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Configure a L2 VLAN as the VLAN used to transport mirrored traffic in a remote-port mirroring session. mode remote-port-mirroring No default values or behaviors VLAN INTERFACE Version 8.4.1.2 Figure 44-1. Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
monitor session ces Syntax Create a session for monitoring traffic with port monitoring or remote port mirroring. monitor session session-ID To delete a session, use the no monitor session session-ID command. To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session all command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes session-ID No default values or behaviors MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History Example Enter a session identification number. Range: 0 to 65535 Version 8.4.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show config ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Display the current monitor session configuration. show config No default values or behavior MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.
show monitor session ces Syntax Display the monitor information of a particular session or all sessions. show monitor session {session-ID} To display monitoring information for all sessions, use the show monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. Range: 0 to 65535 No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show running-config monitor session ces Syntax Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session. show running-config monitor session {session-ID} To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions, use just the show running-config monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number.
source (port monitoring) ces Syntax Configure a port monitor source. source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command. Parameters interface Enter the one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com source (remote port mirroring) ex Configure one or more source ports, the ingress/egress traffic to be mirrored, and the reserved L2 VLAN used to transport mirrored traffic.
Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History Example Version 8.4.1.2 Figure 44-5. Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Command Example: Configuring a Source Port FTOS(conf-mon-sess-11)#source gigabitethernet 10/0 destination remote-vlan 2 direction rx FTOS(conf-mon-sess-11)# Usage Information You can configure physical ports, port-channels, and VLANs as sources in remote port mirroring and use them in the same source session.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com source remote vlan (remote port mirroring) ex Associate the reserved L2 VLAN used to transport mirrored traffic in remote port mirroring with a destination session and configure the destination ports to which an analyzer is connected. Syntax source remote vlan vlan-id destination {single-interface | range {interface-list | interface-range | mixed-interface-list}} Parameters vlan-id VLAN ID of the reserved L2 VLAN used for remote port mirroring.
Usage Information You can configure any port as a destination port. You cannot configure a VLAN, port-channel, or SONET interface as a destination port You can configure additional destination ports in an active session. You can tunnel the mirrored traffic from multiple remote-port source sessions to the same destination port. You can configure a destination port to send only tagged or untagged traffic to the analyzer.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.4.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. To reconfigure destination ports in a remote-port mirroring session as untagged ports, enter the untagged destination command. untagged destination Configure destination ports to remove the reserved VLAN tag from mirrored traffic.
45 Private VLAN (PVLAN) Overview Starting with Dell Networking OS 7.8.1.0, the Private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of Dell Networking OS is available for the C-Series and S-Series: c s Commands • • • • • • • ip local-proxy-arp private-vlan mode private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan show interfaces private-vlan show vlan private-vlan show vlan private-vlan mapping switchport mode private-vlan See also the following commands. The command output is augmented in Dell Networking OS 7.8.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Community VLAN: A community VLAN is a secondary VLAN of the primary VLAN: • • Ports in a community VLAN can talk to each other. Also, all ports in a community VLAN can talk to all promiscuous ports in the primary VLAN and vice-versa. Devices on a community VLAN can communicate with each other via member ports, while devices in an isolated VLAN cannot.
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on C-Series and S-Series private-vlan mode Set the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. show arp Display the ARP table. show interfaces private-vlan Display type and status of PVLAN interfaces. show vlan private-vlan Display PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show vlan private-vlan mapping Display primary-secondary VLAN mapping. switchport mode private-vlan Set the PVLAN mode of the selected port. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan cs Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. Syntax [no] private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list To remove specific secondary VLANs from the configuration, use the no private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list command syntax.
Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface, followed by the ID of the specific interface for which to display PVLAN status. Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Defaults Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 45-1. Related Commands show interfaces description Command Example Fields Field Description Interface Type Displays the PVLAN port type of the designated interface. Status States whether the interface is operationally up or down. private-vlan mode Set the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show vlan private-vlan Display PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN.
EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Examples Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Examples of all types of command output are shown below. The first type of output is the result of not entering an optional keyword. It displays a detailed list of all PVLANs and their member VLANs and interfaces. The other types of output show details about PVLAN subsets. Figure 45-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Figure 45-3. Output of show vlan private-vlan (primary) FTOS# show vlan private-vlan 10 Primary Secondary Type Active ------- --------- --------- -----10 primary Yes 1020 isolated Yes 101 community Yes Figure 45-4.
Usage Information The output of this command, shown below, displays the community and isolated VLAN IDs that are associated with each primary VLAN. Figure 45-5. show vlan private-vlan mapping Command Output FTOS# show vlan private-vlan mapping Private Vlan: Primary : 100 Isolated : 102 Community : 101 Unknown : 200 Related Commands private-vlan mode Set the mode of the selected VLAN to either community or isolated. show interfaces private-vlan Display type and status of PVLAN interfaces.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 1192 Figure 45-6.
46 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree plus (PVST+) Overview The Dell Networking OS implementation of PVST+ (Per-VLAN Spanning Tree plus) is based on the IEEE 802.1d standard Spanning Tree Protocol, but it creates a separate spanning tree for each VLAN configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To enable PVST+, enter no disable. Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands PVST+ is disabled CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series protocol spanning-tree pvst Enter PVST+ mode. description ces Syntax Enter a description of the PVST+ description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
extend system-id ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Use Extend System ID to augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN. If for some reason on VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ will then not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in forwarding state. extend system-id Disabled PROTOCOL PVST Version 8.3.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com protocol spanning-tree pvst ces Syntax Enter the PVST+ mode to enable PVST+ on a device. protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Example This command has no default value or behavior. CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced Figure 46-1.
show spanning-tree pvst ces Syntax Parameters View the Per-VLAN Spanning Tree configuration. show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID. Range: 1 to 4094 brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 1 Figure 46-2. show spanning-tree pvst brief Command FTOS#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 3 brief VLAN 3 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 4096, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 16384, Address 0001.e805.e306 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Example 2 Interface Name ---------Gi 1/0 Gi 1/1 Gi 1/16 Gi 1/17 PortID -------128.130 128.131 128.146 128.
Example 3 Figure 46-4.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com spanning-tree pvst ces Configure a PVST+ interface with one of these settings: edge port with optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard, port disablement if an error condition occurs, port priority or cost for a VLAN range, loop guard, or root guard.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.5.1.0 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced hardware shutdown-on-violation option Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added the optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard Version 6.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com spanning-tree pvst err-disable ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Place ports in an err-disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Enabled; ports are placed in err-disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. INTERFACE Version 8.2.1.
vlan bridge-priority ces Syntax Set the PVST+ bridge-priority for a VLAN or a set of VLANs. vlan vlan-range bridge-priority value To return to the default value, enter no vlan bridge-priority command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number(s). Range: 1 to 4094 bridge-priority value Enter the keyword bridge-priority followed by the bridge priority value in increments of 4096.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com vlan forward-delay ces Syntax vlan vlan-range forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, enter no vlan forward-delay command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands 1204 Set the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. | vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number(s).
vlan hello-time ces Syntax Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs). vlan vlan-range hello-time seconds To return to the default value, enter no vlan hello-time command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number(s). Range: 1 to 4094 hello-time seconds Enter the keyword hello-time followed by the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com vlan max-age ces Syntax vlan vlan-range max-age seconds To return to the default, use the no vlan max-age command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands 1206 Set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge to maintain configuration information before refreshing that information. | vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number(s).
47 Quality of Service (QoS) Overview Dell Networking OS commands for Quality of Service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking platforms. Support is indicated by the c e and s characters under command headings.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (“port-based QoS”) allows users to defined QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. The commands include: • • • • • • • dot1p-priority rate limit rate police rate shape service-class dynamic dot1p show interfaces rate strict-priority queue dot1p-priority ces Syntax Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic received by this interface. dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.
Usage Information The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue. When you set the priority for a Port Channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the Port Channel are configured with the same value. You cannot assign a dot1p-priority command to individual interfaces in a Port Channel.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If you receive the error message: %Error: Specified VLANs overlap with existing config. after configuring VLANs in the rate police command, check to see if the same VLANs are used in rate limit command on other interfaces. To clear the problem, remove the rate limit configuration(s), and re-configure the rate police command. After the rate police command is configured, return to the other interfaces and re-apply the rate limit configuration.
C-Series and S-Series On one interface, you can configure the rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate police command for an interface. For each physical interface, you can configure three rate police commands specifying different VLANS. E-Series On one interface, you can configure the rate limit or rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate limit or the rate police command for the interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands rate-shape Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy. service-class dynamic dot1p ces Syntax Honor all 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on an interface (from INTERFACE mode) or on all interfaces (from CONFIGURATION mode). A CONFIGURATION mode entry supersedes INTERFACE mode entries. service-class dynamic dot1p To return to the default setting, enter no service-class dynamic dot1p.
On the C-Series and S-Series all traffic is by default mapped to the same queue, Queue 0. If you honor dot1p on ingress, then you can create service classes based the queueing strategy using the command service-class dynamic dot1p from INTERFACE mode. You may apply this queuing strategy to all interfaces by entering this command from CONFIGURATION mode. • • All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless service-class dynamic dot1p is enabled on an interface or globally.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Figure 47-1.
Figure 47-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information No default behavior or value CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Once a unicast queue is configured as strict-priority, that particular queue, on the entire chassis, is treated as strict-priority queue. Traffic for a strict priority is scheduled before any other queues are serviced.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • show cam layer2-qos show cam layer3-qos show qos class-map show qos policy-map show qos policy-map-input show qos policy-map-output show qos qos-policy-input show qos qos-policy-output show qos statistics show qos wred-profile test cam-usage threshold trust wred wred-profile bandwidth-percentage e Syntax Assign a percentage of weight to class/queue. bandwidth-percentage percentage To remove the bandwidth percentage, use the no bandwidth-percentage command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands weight Enter the weight assignment to queue. Range: 1 to 1024 (in increments of powers of 2: 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, or 1024). The weight values 2, 4, 8 and 16 are treated as the same weight for the following line card types: EX6QB and EX16TB. No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
Usage Information Related Commands Packets arriving at the input interface are checked against the match criteria, configured using this command, to determine if the packet belongs to that class. This command accesses the CLASS-MAP mode, where the configuration commands include match ip and match mac options. ip access-list extended Configure an extended IP ACL. ip access-list standard Configure a standard IP ACL.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information E-Series Only Behavior If a Policy QoS is applied on an interface when clear qos statistics is issued, it will clear the egress counters in show queue statistics and vice versa. This behavior is due to the values being read from the same hardware registers.
description ces Syntax Add a description to the selected policy map or QOS policy. description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands description Enter a description to identify the policies (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output; conf-qos-policy-in and conf-qos-policy-out; wred) pre-Version 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Added keyword multicast. Added DSCP Marking option support on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Added support for DSCP Marking option Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series You must enter the class-map command in order to access this command. Once the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
Command History Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Added keyword multicast. Added DSCP marking option support for S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Added support for DSCP Marking option Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series You must enter the class-map command in order to access this command. Once the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com match ip vrf ces Syntax Uses a VRF as the match criterion for an L3 class map. match ip vrf vrf-id To remove VRF as the match criterion, use the no match ip vrf vrf-id command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vrf vrf-id Enter the keyword vrf and then the ID of the VRF. The range is from 1 to 63. None CONF-CLASS-MAP Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command.
match mac dot1p ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Configure a match criterion for a class map, based on a dot1p value. match mac dot1p {dot1p-list} dot1p-list Enter a dot1p value. Range: 0–7 No default values or behavior CLASS-MAP Version 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for DSCP Marking option Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced You must enter the class-map command in order to access this command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information You must first enter the class-map command in order to access this command. In a class map, you can match and classify traffic using a VLAN ID. Note: The use of multiple VLAN IDs (VLAN list or range) as match criteria in a class map is supported only on the S25 and S50. Related Commands class-map Create/access a class map. match ip vrf ces Syntax Uses a VRF as the match criterion for an L3 class map.
policy-aggregate ces Syntax Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (input/output) applied on an interface. policy-aggregate qos-policy-name To remove a policy aggregate configuration, use no policy-aggregate qos-policy-name command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com configurations in per-queue output QoS policies are ignored. Scheduling and queuing configurations (WRED and Bandwidth) in the per-queue output QoS policy still apply to each queue. Related Commands policy-map-input Create an input policy map policy-map-output Create an output policy map (E-Series Only) policy-map-input ces Syntax Create an input policy map.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (16 characters maximum). No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION Version 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Output policy map is used to assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com When changing a “service-queue” configuration in a QoS policy map, all QoS rules are deleted and re-added automatically to ensure that the order of the rules is maintained. As a result, the Matched Packets value shown in the “show qos statistics” command is reset. Note: On ExaScale, Dell Networking OS cannot classify IGMP packets on a Layer 2 interface using Layer 3 policy map. The packets always take the default queue, Queue 0, and cannot be rate-policed.
Defaults Command Modes No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on E-Series queue egress e Syntax Assign a WRED Curve to all eight egress Multicast queues or designate the percentage for the Multicast bandwidth queue.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The no form of the command without multicast-bandwidth and wred-profile, will remove both the wred-profile and multicast-bandwidth configuration. On 10 Gigabit ports only, the multicast bandwidth option will work only if the total unicast bandwidth is more than the multicast bandwidth. If strict priority is applied along with multicast-bandwidth, the effect of strict priority is on all ports where unicast and multicast bandwidth are applied.
Related Commands show queue statistics ingress Display the ingress queue statistics rate-limit e Syntax Parameters Specify the rate-limit functionality on outgoing traffic as part of the selected policy. rate-limit [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peak-rate [burst-KB]] kbps Enter this keyword to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). On the E-Series, Dell Networking recommends using a value greater than or equal to 512 as lower values does not yield accurate results.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com rate-police ces Syntax Parameters Specify the policing functionality on incoming traffic. rate-police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peak-rate [burst-KB]] kbps Enter this keyword to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). On C-Series and S-Series make the following value a multiple of 64. On the E-Series, Dell Networking recommends using a value greater than or equal to 512 as lower values does not yield accurate results.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information rate Enter the outgoing rate in multiples of 10 Mbps. Range: 10 to 10000 burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the burst size in KB. Range: 0 to 10000 Default: 10 Burst size is 10 KB. Granularity for rate is Mbps unless the kbps option is used. QOS-POLICY-OUT Version 8.2.1.0 Added kbps option on C-Series, E-Series, and Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information A single policy-map can be attached to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified. Note: The service-policy commands are not allowed on a port channel. The service-policy input policy-map-name command and the service-class dynamic dot1p command are not allowed simultaneously on an interface.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue. Range: 0 to 7 on E-Series (eight queues per interface), 0-3 on C-Series and S-Series (four queues per interface; four queues are reserved for control traffic.) class-map class-map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword class-map followed by the class map name assigned to the queue in character format (16 character maximum).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for mac-dot1p pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series C-Series and S-Series Once the IP DSCP bit is set, other QoS services can then operate on the bit settings. E-Series Once the IP DSCP bit is set, other QoS services can then operate on the bit settings.
Example Figure 47-3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 6.5.1.0 Figure 47-5. Introduced on E-Series show cam layer3-qos linecard interface Command Output FTOS#sh cam layer3-qos interface gigabitethernet 2/1 Cam Port Dscp Proto Tcp Src Dst SrcIp DstIp DSCP Queue Index Flag Port Port Marking ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------23488 1 0 0 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.
show qos class-map ces View the current class map information. Syntax show qos class-map [class-name] Parameters Defaults Command Modes class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 47-9.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show qos policy-map ces Syntax Parameters View the QoS policy map information.
Example 1 Figure 47-10. show qos policy-map detail (IPv4) Command Output FTOS#show qos policy-map detail gigabitethernet 0/0 Interface GigabitEthernet 4/1 Policy-map-input policy Trust diffserv Queue# Class-map-name 0 1 CM1 2 CM2 3 CM3 4 CM4 5 CM5 6 CM6 7 CM7 FTOS# Example 2 Figure 47-11.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example 1 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 47-13.
Example Figure 47-15. show qos policy-map-output Command Output FTOS#show qos policy-map-output Policy-map-output PolicyMapOutput Aggregate Qos-policy-name AggPolicyOut Queue# Qos-policy-name 0 qosPolicyOutput FTOS# show qos qos-policy-input ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes View the input QoS policy details. show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name. No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 47-17. show qos qos-policy-output Command Output FTOS#show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics ces Syntax Parameters View QoS statistics.
Usage Information The show qos statistics command can be used on the C-Series, but the wred-profile keyword must be omitted in the syntax. The show qos statistics output differs from the ED and EE series line cards and the EF series line cards. The QoS statistics for the EF series generates two extra columns, Queued Pkts and Dropped Pkts, see Example 2. Note: The show qos statistics command displays Matched Packets and Matched Bytes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 47-19. show qos statistics Command Output (EF Series of E-Series) FTOS#show qos statistics gig 0/1 Queue# Queued Bytes (Cumulative) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Queued Pkts (Cumulative) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Matched Bytes Dropped Pkts 1883725 1883725 1883725 1883725 1883725 1883724 1883720 1883720 1883725000 1883725000 1883725000 1883725000 1883725000 1883724000 1883720000 1883720000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 FTOS# Table 47-5.
Table 47-6.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com port-set portpipe number linecard all Defaults Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords linecard all to indicate all line cards. No default values or behavior EXEC Command History Example Enter the keyword port-set followed by the line card’s port pipe number. Range: 0 or 1 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Figure 47-22.
Table 47-7. Usage Information test cam-usage Command Example Fields Field Description Estimated CAM per Port Indicates the number of free CAM entries required (for the classification rules) to apply the input policy map on a single interface. Note: The CAM entries for the default rule are not included in this column; a CAM entry for the default rule is always dedicated to a port and is always available for that interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 47-8. Related Commands Pre-defined WRED Profile Threshold Values Pre-defined WRED Profile Name Minimum Threshold Maximum Threshold wred_drop 0 0 wred_ge_y 1024 2048 wred_ge_g 2048 4096 wred_teng_y 4096 8192 wred_teng_g 8192 16384 wred-profile Create a WRED profile. trust ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust.
Table 47-9.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com wred-profile e Syntax Create a WRED profile and name that profile. wred-profile wred-profile-name To remove an existing WRED profile, use the no wred-profile command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information wred-profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (16 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names.
clear queue statistics egress e Syntax Parameters Clear egress queue statistics. clear queue statistics egress [unicast | multicast] [Interface] unicast | multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to clear only Multicast queue statistics. Enter the keyword unicast to clear only Unicast queue statistics. Default: Both Unicast and Multicast queue statistics are cleared. Interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific queue statistics.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes unicast [src-card ID [dst-card ID]] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword unicast to clear Unicast queue statistics. Optionally, enter the source card identification (src-card ID) and the destination card identification (dst-card ID) to clear the unicast statistics from the source card to the destination card. multicast [src-card ID] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to clear only Multicast queue statistics.
Command History Usage Information Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced for E-Series EtherScale systems display cumulative dropped packets, while TeraScale systems display cumulative queued bytes (in KB), cumulative queued packets (in KB), and cumulative dropped packets (in KB). The display area is limited to 80 spaces to accommodate the screen and for optimal readability. Numbers, that is values, are limited to 12 characters. The numbering conventions are detailed in the table below. Table 47-10.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 47-11. Example 2 show queue statistics egress Command Fields Field Description Egress Port Queue# Egress Port Queue Number Queued bytes Cumulative byte count in that queue Queued packets Cumulative packet count in that queue. Packet type Green, yellow, and out-of-profile packets Min KB Minimum threshold for WRED queue Max KB Maximum threshold for WRED queue Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped for green, yellow and out-of-profile Figure 47-24.
Example 3 Figure 47-25. show queue statistics egress brief Command Output FTOS#show queue statistics egress brief LC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 FTOS# Portpipe PortPipe 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Table 47-13.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes unicast [src-card ID [dst-card ID]] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword unicast to display Unicast queue statistics. Optionally, enter the source card identification (src-card ID) and the destination card identification (dst-card ID) to display the unicast statistics from the source card to the destination card.
Figure 47-26.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 47-15.
Example 2 Figure 47-27.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 3 Figure 47-28.
48 Router Information Protocol (RIP) Overview Router Information Protocol (RIP) is a Distance Vector routing protocol. FTOS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on C-Series and E-Series and S-Series systems, as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading: • • • C-Series: c E-Series: e S-Series: s Note: The C-Series platform supports RIP with Dell Networking OS version 7.6.1.0 and later. The S-Series platform supports RIP with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • • • output-delay passive-interface redistribute redistribute isis redistribute ospf router rip show config show ip rip database show running-config rip timers basic version auto-summary ces Syntax Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes. This command applies only to RIP version 2. auto-summary To send sub-prefix routing information, enter no auto-summary. Default Enabled.
Syntax debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | packet [interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metric-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric followed by a number as the metric value. Range: 1 to 16 Default: 1 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of a configured route-map. Disabled. metric: 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 7.8.1.
description ces Syntax Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the RIP protocol (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com distribute-list in ces Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 32 for EtherScale, 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series ip split-horizon Set RIP routing updates to exclude routing prefixes. ip rip receive version ces Syntax Set the interface to receive specific versions of RIP. The RIP version you set on the interface overrides the version command in the ROUTER RIP mode.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, enter ip rip send version 1 2. ip rip receive version Sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic. version Sets the RIP version to be used for the switch software.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series RIP supports a maximum of 16 ECMP paths. neighbor ces Syntax Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command.
Command History Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series You can enable an unlimited number of RIP networks. RIP operates over interfaces configured with any address specified by the network command. offset-list ces Syntax Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned via RIP.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. output-delay ces Syntax Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor. output-delay delay To return to the switch software defaults for interpacket delay, enter no output-delay. Parameters Default delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval. Range: 8 to 50. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 7.8.1.
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Usage Information Although the passive interface will neither send nor receive routing updates, the network on that interface will still be included in RIP updates sent via other interfaces. In C-series, this command suppresses routing updates on a specified interface, but not on explicitly configured neighbors.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com redistribute isis e Syntax Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
Defaults metric metric-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric followed by a number as the metric value. Range: 0 to16 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of a configured route map. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series router rip ces Syntax Enter the ROUTER RIP mode to configure and enable RIP.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 48-2. show config Command Example in ROUTER RIP Mode FTOS(conf-router_rip)#show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 0/1 FTOS(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example Display the routes learned by RIP.
Table 48-1. Fields in show ip rip database Command Output Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the route(s) directly connected. 150.100.0.0 redistributed Lists the routes learned through redistribution. 209.9.16.0/24... Lists the routes and the sources advertising those routes.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. Range: zero (0) to 4294967295. Default: 30 seconds. invalid Enter the number of seconds to specify the time interval before routing updates are declared invalid or expired. The invalid value should be at least three times the update timer value. Range: zero (0) to 4294967295. Default: 180 seconds.
Related Commands ip rip receive version Set the RIP version to be received on the interface. ip rip send version Set the RIP version to be sent out the interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
49 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Overview Dell Networking OS RMON is implemented on all Dell Networking switching platforms (C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series), as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading: • • • C-Series: c E-Series: e S-Series: s Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring, and long-term statistics collection.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • rmon hc-alarm show rmon show rmon alarms show rmon events show rmon hc-alarm show rmon history show rmon log show rmon statistics rmon alarm ces Syntax Set an alarm on any MIB object. rmon alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command.
Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series rmon collection history ces Syntax Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table. The integer value must be a unique in the RMON Statistic Table. owner name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner followed by the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics.
rmon hc-alarm ces Syntax Set an alarm on any MIB object. rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON Alarm Table. variable The MIB object to monitor.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Example EXEC Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 49-1. show rmon Command Example FTOS# show rmon RMON status total memory used 218840 bytes.
Example 2 Figure 49-3. show rmon alarms brief Command Example FTOS#show rmon alarm br index SNMP OID -------------------------------------------------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 6 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 7 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 8 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 9 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 10 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 11 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 12 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 13 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 14 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 15 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 16 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 17 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 18 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 19 1.3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 49-5. show rmon event brief Command Example FTOS#show rmon event br index description -------------------------------------------------------------------1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 FTOS# show rmon hc-alarm ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example 1 Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity Alarm Table.
Example 2 Figure 49-7. show rmon hc-alarm index Command Example FTOS#show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 1 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample interval: 5 sample type: absolute value. value: 185638 alarm type: rising or falling alarm. alarm rising threshold value: positive. rising threshold: 1001, RMON event index: 1 alarm falling threshold value: positive. falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times. alarm owner: 1 alarm storage type: non-volatile.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 49-9.
show rmon statistics ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example 1 Display the contents of RMON Ethernet Statistics table. show rmon statistics [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet Statistics table in an easy-to-read format. No default behavior EXEC Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 1296 Figure 49-13.
50 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) Overview The Dell Networking OS implementation of RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged LAN that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value in increments of 4096. Range: 0 to 61440. Default: 32768 32768 CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.
Example Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced for E-Series Figure 50-1. debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu Command Example FTOS#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu gigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description ces Syntax Enter a description of the Rapid Spanning Tree description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com forward-delay ces Syntax Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, enter no forward-delay. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands seconds Enter the number of seconds that Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state.
Usage Information The hello time is encoded in BPDUs in increments of 1/256ths of a second. The standard minimum hello time in seconds is 1 second, which is encoded as 256. Millisecond hello times are encoded using values less than 256; the millisecond hello time equals (x/1000)*256. When millisecond hellos are configured, the default hello interval of 2 seconds is still used for edge ports; the millisecond hello interval is not used.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com protocol spanning-tree rstp ces Syntax Enter the RSTP mode to configure RSTP. protocol spanning-tree rstp To exit the RSTP mode, enter exit Defaults Command Modes Not configured CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History Example Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced for E-Series Figure 50-2.
show spanning-tree rstp ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display the RSTP configuration. show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example 1 Version 8.5.1.0 Support for the optional guard keyword was added on the E-Series ExaScale.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 2 Figure 50-5. show spanning-tree rstp with EDS and LBK FTOS#show spanning-tree rstp br Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
spanning-tree rstp ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost followed by the port cost value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack. This option places the port into an error disable state if a BPDU appears, and a message is logged so that the administrator can take corrective action. Note: A port configured as an edge port, on an RSTP switch, will immediately transition to the forwarding state.
tc-flush-standard ces Syntax Enable the MAC address flushing upon receiving every topology change notification. tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced for E-Series By default Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for RSTP.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
51 Security Overview Except for the Trace List feature (E-Series only), most of the commands in this chapter are available on all three Dell Networking platforms — C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series (the S-Series models that run FTOS), as noted by the following icons that appear under each command icon: c e s Commands This chapter contains various types of security commands in Dell Networking OS, in the following sections: • • • • • • • • • AAA Accounting Commands Authorization and Privilege Commands Authen
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • aaa accounting suppress accounting show accounting aaa accounting ces Syntax Enable AAA Accounting and create a record for monitoring the accounting function. aaa accounting {system | exec | commands level} {name | default}{start-stop | wait-start | stop-only} {tacacs+} To disable AAA Accounting, use the no aaa accounting {system | exec | command level} {name | default}{start-stop | wait-start | stop-only} {tacacs+} command.
Privilege level 15 is the default. If you want to track usage at privilege level 1, for example, use aaa accounting command 1. Related Commands enable password Change the password for the enable command. login authentication Enable AAA login authentication on terminal lines. password Create a password. tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ server host. aaa accounting suppress ces Syntax Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with user name value of NULL.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series aaa accounting Enable AAA Accounting and create a record for monitoring the accounting function. show accounting ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. show accounting No default configuration or behavior EXEC Command History Example Version 7.6.1.
Syntax Parameters authorization {exec | commands level} method-list exec Enter this keyword to apply an EXEC level authorization method list. commands level Enter this keyword to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level authorization method list. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the command aaa authorization exec or aaa authorization commands. Defaults None Command Modes LINE Command History Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com aaa authorization config-commands e Syntax Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the command no aaa authorization config-commands. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enabled when you configure aaa authorization commands CONFIGURATION Version 7.5.1.
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) ces Syntax Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. privilege mode {level level | reset} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
method Enter one of the following methods: • enable - use the password defined by the enable password command in the CONFIGURATION mode. • line - use the password defined by the password command in the LINE mode. • none - no authentication. radius - use the RADIUS server(s) configured with the radius-server • tacacs+ - use the TACACS+ server(s) configured with the tacacs-server • host command. host command. ...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com method Enter one of the following methods: • enable - use the password defined by the enable password command in the CONFIGURATION mode. • line - use the password defined by the password command in the LINE mode. • local - use the user name/password defined by the in the local configuration. • none - no authentication.
access-class ces Syntax Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands access-list-name Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Not configured. LINE Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command to control access to command modes. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • • Start with a letter, not a number. Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, you must use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression.
Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level followed by a number as the level of access. Range: 1 to 15 encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Force10 router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Force10 router.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands LINE Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series If you configure the aaa authentication login default command, then the login authentication default command automatically is applied to all terminal lines. aaa authentication login Select login authentication methods.
password-attributes ces Syntax Configure the password attributes (strong password). password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] To return to the default, use the no password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Caution: Encrypting passwords with this command does not provide a high level of security. When the passwords are encrypted, you cannot return them to plain text unless you re-configure them. To remove an encrypted password, use the no password password command.
Command Modes Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 51-4. show users Command Example FTOS#show user Line 0 console 0 * 3 vty 1 FTOS# User admin admin Host(s) idle idle Location 172.31.1.4 Table 1 describes the information in the show users command example.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes. For example, if your password is “password” you can enter “p” and wait 29 seconds to enter the next letter. username ces Syntax Establish an authentication system based on user names.
Related Commands password Specify a password for users on terminal lines. show running-config View the current configuration. RADIUS Commands The RADIUS commands supported by FTOS. are: • • • • • • • debug radius ip radius source-interface radius-server deadtime radius-server host radius-server key radius-server retransmit radius-server timeout debug radius ces Syntax View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting. debug radius To disable debugging of RADIUS, enter no debug radius.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • • Defaults Command Mode Command History For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16838.
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series radius-server host ces Syntax Parameters Configure a RADIUS server host. radius-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [auth-port port-number] [retransmit retries] [timeout seconds] [key [encryption-type] key] hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X), of the RADIUS server host.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Use this command to configure any number of RADIUS server hosts for each server host that is configured. FTOS searches for the RADIUS hosts in the order they are configured in the software. The global default values for timeout, retransmit, and key optional parameters are applied, unless those values are specified in the radius-server host or other commands.
radius-server retransmit ces Syntax Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable. radius-server retransmit retries To configure zero retransmit attempts, enter no radius-server retransmit. To return to the default setting, enter radius-server retransmit 3.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com TACACS+ Commands FTOS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. • • • • debug tacacs+ ip tacacs source-interface tacacs-server host tacacs-server key debug tacacs+ ces Syntax View TACACS+ transactions to assist with troubleshooting. debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, enter no debug tacacs+. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled. EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • • Defaults Command Mode Command History For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16838. For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information timeout seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timeout followed by the number of seconds the switch waits for a reply from the TACACS+ server. Range: 0 to 1000 Default: 10 seconds key key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key followed by a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key. This authentication key must match the key specified in the tacacs-server key for the TACACS+ daemon.
Command History Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon. Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands The 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • If 802.1X authorization is enabled and all information from the RADIUS server is valid, the port is placed in the specified VLAN after authentication. If port security is enabled on an 802.1X port with VLAN assignment, the port is placed in the RADIUS server assigned VLAN. If 802.1X is disabled on the port, it is returned to the configured access VLAN.
dot1x auth-fail-vlan ces Syntax Configure a authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com dot1x guest-vlan ces Syntax Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes vlan-id Not configured CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Usage Information Enter the VLAN Identifier. Range: 1 to 4094 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series 802.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands INTERFACE Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series interface range Configure a range of interfaces dot1x port-control ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enable port control on an interface. dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keyword force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com dot1x reauthentication ces Syntax Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes 3600 seconds (1 hour) INTERFACE Command History Related Commands (Optional) Enter the keyword interval followed by the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication will be initiated.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. Range: 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. Default: 30 30 seconds INTERFACE Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series dot1x supplicant-timeout ces Syntax Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time out. dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show dot1x interface ces Syntax Parameters Display the 802.1X information on an interface. show dot1x interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
SSH Server and SCP Commands FTOS supports SSH Protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0. Secure Shell (SSH) is a protocol for secure remote login over an insecure network. SSH sessions are encrypted and use authentication.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 51-6. crypto key generate rsa1 command example FTOS#conf FTOS(conf)#crypto key generate rsa1 Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024>: 1024 Host key already exists. Do you want to replace. [y/n] FTOS(conf)# Usage Information :y The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server.
ip scp topdir ces Syntax Identify a location for files used in secure copy transfer. ip scp topdir directory To return to the default setting, enter no ip scp topdir command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes directory The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Enter a directory name. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip ssh connection-rate-limit ces Syntax Configure the maximum number of incoming SSH connections per minute. ip ssh connection-rate-limit 1-10 Parameters Defaults Command Modes 1-10 Enter the number of maximum number of incoming SSH connections allowed per minute. Range: 1 to 10 per minute Default: 10 per minute 10 per minute CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file Public keys of trusted hosts from a file. ip ssh rhostsfile Trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication. ip ssh key-size ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. ip ssh key-size 512-869 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. Range: 512 to 869 Default: 768 Key size 768 CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip ssh pub-key-file ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Specify the file to be used for host-based authentication. ip ssh pub-key-file {WORD} WORD Enter the file name for the host-based authentication. No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 51-7.
Command History Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 51-8. ip ssh rhostsfile Command Example FTOS#conf FTOS(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts FTOS(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file to be used for host-based authentication. This file creates/ overwrites the file flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts and deletes the user specified file.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) ces Syntax Add keys for the RSA authentication. ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys WORD} To delete the authorized keys, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information my-authorized-keys WORD Enter the keyword my-authorized-keys followed by the file name of the RSA authorized-keys. No default behavior or values EXEC Version 7.6.1.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example port port-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port followed by the port number of the listening port of the SSH server. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 22 [version {1 | 2}] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version followed by the SSH version 1 or 2 to specify only SSHv1 or SSHv2. Default listening port is 22 CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information None CONFIGURATION Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can enable the SSH server on either a management VRF or a user defined VRF but not both. If no VRF is specified, then the SSH server is enabled on the default VRF. If the SSH server is enabled on a VRF with name vrf1, then use the following command to restart the SSH server on a VRF with name vrf2: ip ssh server vrf vrf2.
Example Figure 51-11. ip ssh vrf Command Examples Dell(conf)#ip ssh vrf vrf1 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh vrf vrf1 show crypto ces Syntax Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter the keyword key to display the host public key. mypubkey Enter the keyword mypubkey to display the host public key. rsa Enter the keyword rsa to display the host SSHv2 RSA public key.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 51-13. show ip ssh Command Example FTOS#show ip ssh SSH server : SSH server version : Password Authentication : Hostbased Authentication : RSA Authentication Vty Encryption 0 3DES 1 3DES 2 3DES FTOS Related Commands enabled. v1 and v2. enabled. disabled. : disabled. Remote IP 172.16.1.162 172.16.1.162 172.16.1.162 ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client-public keys.
show ip ssh rsa-authentication ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Display the authorized-keys for the RSA authentication. show ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys} my-authorized-keys Display the RSA authorized keys. No default behavior or values EXEC Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 51-15.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 Note: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros -ccipher -mMAC Defaults Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l followed by the user name used in this SSH session. Default: The user name of the user associated with the terminal.
• • • seq show config show ip accounting trace-lists clear counters ip trace-group e Syntax Erase all counters maintained for trace lists. clear counters ip trace-group [trace-list-name] Parameters Command Modes trace-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured trace list. EXEC Privilege deny e Syntax Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes TRACE LIST Related Commands deny tcp Assign a trace list filter to deny TCP packets. deny udp Assign a trace list filter to deny UDP packets. ip trace-group Create a trace list. deny tcp e Syntax Configure a filter that drops TCP packets meeting the filter criteria.
Command Modes TRACE LIST Related Commands deny Assign a trace list filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp Assign a trace list filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp e Syntax Configure a filter to drop UDP packets meeting the filter criteria.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip trace-group e Syntax Assign a trace list globally to process all incoming packets to the switch. ip trace-group trace-list-name To delete an trace list configuration, use the no ip trace-group trace-list-name command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information trace-list-name Enter the name of a configured trace list. Not enabled. CONFIGURATION You can assign one Trace list to the chassis.
permit e Syntax Configure a filter to pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria. permit {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [byte]| log] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • Parameters Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address.
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters sequence-number Enter a number from 0 to 65535. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. ip-protocol-number Enter a number from 0 to 255 to filter based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list.
Command History Related Commands Version 7.4.1.0 Deprecated established keyword—not supported on TeraScale line cards. deny Configure a filter to drop packets. permit Configure a filter to forward packets. show config e View the current IP trace list configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes TRACE LIST Example Figure 51-18.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Secure DHCP Commands DHCP as defined by RFC 2131 provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks.
ip dhcp snooping cs Enable DHCP Snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Command Modes Default Command History Usage Information Related Commands CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series When enabled, no learning takes place until snooping is enabled on a VLAN. Upon disabling DHCP Snooping the binding table is deleted, and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip dhcp snooping trust cs Configure an interface as trusted. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Command Modes Default Command History INTERFACE Untrusted Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series ip dhcp source-address-validation cs Enable IP Source Guard. Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Command Modes Default Command History INTERFACE Disabled Version 7.8.1.
Syntax Command Modes show ip dhcp snooping binding EXEC EXEC Privilege Default Command History Related Commands None Version 7.8.1.0 clear ip dhcp snooping Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Clear the contents of the DHCP binding table.
| Security www.dell.com | support.dell.
52 Service Provider Bridging Overview Service Provider Bridging is composed of VLAN Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes CLI information for Dell Networking OS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. L2PT is available in Dell Networking OS for the C-Series c, E-Series e, and S-Series s.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug protocol-tunnel ces Syntax Enable debugging to ensure incoming packets are received and rewritten to a new MAC address. debug protocol-tunnel interface {in | out | both} [vlan vlan-id] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug protocol-tunnel interface {in | out | both} [vlan vlan-id] [count value] command.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Example No default values or behavior CONF-IF-VLAN Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series and E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Figure 52-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell Networking OS must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit ces Syntax Enable traffic rate limiting per box. protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command.
Command Modes Command History Example EXEC Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series and E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Figure 52-3. show protocol-tunnel Command Example FTOS#show protocol-tunnel System Rate-Limit: 1000 Frames/second Interface Vlan Protocol(s) Gi1/2 2 STP, PVST Gi1/3 3 STP, PVST Po35 4 STP, PVST FTOS# Example Figure 52-4.
| Service Provider Bridging www.dell.com | support.dell.
53 sFlow Overview sFlow commands are supported on these platforms: c e s. Dell Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
sflow collector ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. sflow collector {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] sflow collector ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the sFlow collector device.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com As part of the sFlow-MIB, if the SNMP request originates from a configured collector, Dell Networking OS will return the corresponding configured agent IP in MIB requests. Dell Networking OS checks to ensure that two entries are not configured for the same collector IP with a different agent IP.
Usage Information When sFlow is enable on an interface, flow sampling is done on any traffic going out of the interface. Note: Once a physical port is a member of a LAG, it will inherit the sFlow configuration from the LAG port. Related Commands sflow enable (Global) Turn sFlow on globally sflow extended-gateway enable e Syntax Enable packing information on an extended gateway.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com sflow extended-router enable e Syntax Enable packing information on a router and switch. sflow extended-router [extended-switch] enable To disable packing information, use the no sflow extended-router [extended-switch] enable command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands extended-switch Enter the keyword extended-switch to collect extended switch information.
Usage Information Related Commands Dell Networking OS 7.8.1.0 and later enhances the sFlow implementation for real time traffic analysis on the E-Series to provide extended gateway information in cases where the destination IP addresses are learned by different routing protocols, and for cases where the destination is reachable over ECMP. sflow extended-gateway enable Enable packing information on an extended gateway. sflow extended-router enable Enable packing information on a router.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. Range: 15 to 86400 seconds Default: The global counter polling interval The same value as the current global default counter polling interval INTERFACE Version 8.2.1.0 Introduces on S-Series Stacking Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
Usage Information Related Commands Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken. This command changes the global default sampling rate. You can configure an interface to use a different sampling rate than the global sampling rate. If the value entered is not a correct power of 2, the command generates an error message with the previous and next power of 2 value. Select one of these two packet numbers and re-enter the command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Command Modes For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
Parameters Command Modes slot number (OPTIONAL) Enter a slot number to view information on the line card in that slot. Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.2.1.0 Introduces on S-Series Stacking Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Figure 53-3.
| sFlow www.dell.com | support.dell.
54 SNMP and Syslog Overview This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor SNMP v1/v2/v3 and Syslog.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Important Points to Remember • • • • • • Typically, 5-second timeout and 3-second retry values on an SNMP server are sufficient for both LAN and WAN applications.
show snmp engineID ces Syntax Command Modes Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. show snmp engineID EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Example Figure 54-2. show snmp engineID Command FTOS#show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr 80001F88043132333435 172.31.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands snmp-server group Configure an SNMP server group show snmp user ces Syntax Command Modes Display the information configured on each SNMP user name. show snmp user EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 54-4. show snmp user Command Example FTOS#show snmp user User name: v1v2creadu Engine ID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 storage-type: nonvolatile active Authentication Protocol: None Privacy Protocol: None FTOS# Command History Version 7.6.1.
Example Figure 54-5. snmp ifmib ifalias long Command Example !------command run on host connected to switch: --------------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 54-6. snmp-server community Command Example FTOS#config FTOS(conf)# snmp-server community public ro FTOS(conf)# snmp-server community guest ro security-name guestuser FTOS(conf)# The security-name parameter maps the community string to an SNMPv3 user/security name as defined by the community MIB.
Defaults Command Modes Command History No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps ces Syntax Enable and configure SNMP traps. snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports up to 16 SNMP trap receivers. For the cam-utilization notification option, the system generates syslogs and SNMP traps when the L3 host table or route table utilization goes above the threshold. If this command is not configured, no traps controlled by this command are sent.
Usage Information Changing the value of the SNMP Engine ID has important side effects. A user's password (entered on the command line) is converted to an MD5 (Message Digest Algorithm) or SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm) security digest. This digest is based on both the password and the local Engine ID. The command line password is then destroyed, as required by RFC 2274.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History write name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword write followed by a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the write view name. notify name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword notify followed by a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the notify view name. access-list-name (Optional) Enter the standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long).
Parameters ip-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address of the host (configurable hosts is limited to 16). ipv6-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. traps (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword traps to send trap notifications to the specified host.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 8.4.7.0 Introduced support for VRF on C-Series. Version 8.4.1.0 Support was added for VRRP traps. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series; Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information In order to configure the router to send SNMP notifications, you must enter at least one snmp-server host command.
snmp-server location ces Syntax Configure the location of the SNMP server. snmp-server location text To delete the SNMP location, enter no snmp-server location. Parameters Defaults Command Modes text Enter an alpha-numeric text string, up to 55 characters long. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameter interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
remote ip-address Enter the keyword remote followed by the IP address that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the remote device. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. udp-port port-number Enter the keyword udp-port followed by the UDP (User Datagram Protocol) port number on the remote device. Range: 0 to 65535. Default: 162 1 | 2c | 3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the security model version number (1, 2c, or 3).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Note: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP; TCP, ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP. No default values exist for authentication or privacy algorithms and no default password exist. If you forget a password, you cannot recover it; the user must be reconfigured. You can specify either a plain-text password or an encrypted cypher-text password.
Defaults Command Modes Command History No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information Example The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and can not specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB. The following example configures a view named rview that allows access to all objects under 1.3.6.1: Figure 54-10.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Enabled. INTERFACE Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information If the interface is expected to flap during normal usage, you could disable this command.
Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Related Commands show logging Display logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. default logging buffered ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer. default logging buffered size = 40960; level = 7 or debugging CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging monitor Set the logging monitor parameters. terminal monitor Send system messages to the terminal/monitor. default logging trap ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers.
Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging on Enables the logging asynchronously to logging buffer, console, Syslog server, and terminal lines. logging trap Enables logging to the Syslog server based on severity. logging buffered ces Syntax Enable logging and specify which messages are logged to an internal buffer. By default, all messages are logged to the internal buffer.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com logging console ces Syntax Specify which messages are logged to the console. logging console [level] To return to the default values, enter default logging console. To disable logging to the console, enter no logging console. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging.
Parameters facility-type (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following parameters.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 4. 4 or warnings CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
logging monitor ces Syntax Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. logging monitor [level] To disable logging to terminal connections, enter no logging monitor. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. 7 or debugging CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com logging source-interface ces Syntax Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, enter no logging source-interface.
logging synchronous ces Syntax Synchronize unsolicited messages and FTOS output. logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] To disable message synchronization, use the no logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level followed by a number as the severity level.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History 6 or informational CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging Enable the logging to another device. logging on Enables logging. show logging ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch.
Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Figure 54-11. show logging Command Example (Partial) FTOS#show logging Syslog logging: enabled Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 5604 Messages Logged, Size (524288 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Oct 8 09:25:37: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Connection with neighbor 223.80.255.254 closed.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe. terminal monitor ces Syntax Configure the FTOS to display messages on the monitor/terminal. terminal monitor To return to default settings, enter terminal no monitor. Defaults Command Modes Disabled.
55 SONET Overview Dell Networking OS supports RFC 2558 “Definitions of Managed Objects for the SONET/SDH Interface” and RFC 2615 “PPP-over-SONET/SDH” only on the E-Series platform, as indicated by this character under each command heading in this chapter: e Commands This chapter contains the commands to configure Packet Over SONET/SDH (POS/SDH) interfaces and features, including Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) encapsulation.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • show interfaces sonet-port-recover detection-interval speed ais-shut e Syntax Enable an alarm indication signal (AIS) when the SONET interface is shutdown. ais-shut To disable the AIS, enter no ais-shut. Defaults Command Modes Disabled. INTERFACE alarm-report e Syntax Specify which POS/SDH alarms to report to the remote SNMP server.
Table 55-1. Alarm Definitions Alarm Description lais Line Alarm Indication Signal lrdi Line Remote Defect Indication pais Path Alarm Indication Signal plop Path loss of Pointer prdi Path Remote Defect Indication sd-ber sf-ber Related Commands LBIP BER in excess of Signal Degradation threshold. The default SD alarm value is 10^-6, this value can not be changed. LBIP BER in excess of Signal Failure threshold. The default SF alarm value is 10^-3, this value can not be changed.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes Usage Information authentication (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword authentication to display PPP authentication exchanges (Challenge Authentication Protocol (CHAP) packet exchanges and Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) exchanges) and traffic. error (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword error to display PPP error statistics and protocol errors. negotiation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword negotiation to display PPP settings negotiated at startup.
down-when-looped e Syntax Set the interface to send a system message when it detects a loopback condition and goes down. down-when-looped To disable notification, enter no down-when-looped. Defaults Command Modes Enabled INTERFACE encap e Syntax Configure encapsulation for a PPP interface. encap ppp To remove encapsulation, enter no encap. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information ppp Enter the keyword ppp for Point-to-Point Protocol encapsulation. Not configured.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information c2 value Enter the keyword c2 followed by value to set the path signal byte. Range: 0x00 to 0xFF hexadecimal (0-255 decimal) Default: 0xCF in hexidecimal (207 in decimal) j0 value Enter the keyword j0 to set the section trace byte.
interface sonet e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Example Enter the INTERFACE mode to configure a POS/SDH interface. interface sonet slot/port slot/port Enter the slot/port information. Not configured CONFIGURATION Figure 55-1. interface sonet Command Example FTOS(conf)#interface sonet 8/2 FTOS(conf-if-so-8/2)# Usage Information Related Commands You cannot delete POS/SDH interfaces. By default, POS/SDH interfaces are disabled (shutdown).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax loopback {internal | line} To delete a loopback setting, use the no loopback {internal | line} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information internal Enter the keyword internal to test the physical interface by sending incoming traffic back through the interface. line Enter the keyword line to test connectivity to the network by sending incoming traffic back to the network. Not configured.
After you enable PPP authentication, you must configure remote hostnames and passwords to initiate authentication on the E-Series. Related Commands ppp chap hostname Configure a hostname for CHAP authentication. ppp chap password Configure a password for CHAP authentication. ppp chap rem-hostname Configure a remote hostname for CHAP authentication. ppp chap rem-password Configure a remote password for CHAP authentication. ppp pap hostname Configure a hostname for PAP authentication.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands For peers to successfully negotiate authentication on both sides of the link, you must configure a hostname, password, remote hostname and remote password for CHAP authentication. ppp authentication Enable CHAP or PAP or both authentication. ppp chap hostname Configure a hostname for CHAP authentication. ppp chap rem-hostname Configure a remote hostname for CHAP authentication.
Related Commands ppp authentication Enable CHAP or PAP or both authentication. ppp chap rem-hostname Configure a remote host name for CHAP authentication. ppp chap hostname Configure a hostname for CHAP authentication. ppp chap password Configure a password for CHAP authentication. ppp next-hop e Syntax Assign an IP address as the next hop for this interface. ppp next-hop ip-address To delete a next hop address, enter no ppp next-hop.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ppp pap password e Syntax Configure a password for PAP authentication. ppp pap password password To delete a password, enter no ppp pap password. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands password Enter a character string up to 32 characters long. Not configured. INTERFACE For peers to successfully negotiate authentication, you must configure a hostname, password, remote hostname and remote password for PAP authentication.
Syntax ppp pap rem-password password To delete a remote PAP password, enter no ppp pap rem-password. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands password Enter a character string up to 32 characters long. Not configured. INTERFACE For peers to successfully negotiate authentication, you must configure a hostname, password, remote hostname and remote password for PAP authentication. ppp authentication Enable CHAP or PAP or both authentication.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 7.4.2.0 Added support for Ten Gigabit Ethernet Figure 55-2.
Table 55-2. Lines in show controllers interface Command Example (continued) Line Description LOS Displays the loss of signal (LOS) error. This error is detected when an all-zeros pattern on the incoming interface signal lasts 19 plus or minus 3 microseconds or longer. This defect might also be reported if the received signal level drops below the specified threshold. BIP(B1) Displays the bit interleaved parity error for the B1 byte.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the one of the following interface keywords and slot/port information: • • Command Modes For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Figure 55-4.
Table 55-3. Related Commands Fields in the show interfaces sonet with PPP Encapsulation (continued) Field Description IPCP State: States if IPCP was successfully negotiated. Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If one is, that address is displayed. Peer address Displays the PPP peer’s IP address. MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU. LineSpeed Displays interface’s line speed. ARP type:...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced When enabled, Dell Networking OS continuously polls status registers on SONET line cards. A port hang is declared when backpressure is detected on the port, and the port is brought down and then back up to clear the condition. To keep a port in shutdown use the hardware monitor mac action-on-error port-shutdown command. speed e Syntax Set the speed of the SONET interface.
56 S-Series Stacking Commands Overview All commands in this chapter are specific to the S-Series platform, as indicated by the s character that appears below each command heading. The commands are always available and operational, whether or not the S-Series has a stacking module inserted. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.1.0 Added the all option Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Enabling this command keeps the failed switch in the failed state. It will not reboot until it is manually rebooted. When enabled, it is not displayed in the running-config. When disabled, it is displayed in the running-config. show redundancy Display the current redundancy status.
Example Figure 56-1. Using the reset stack-unit Command on the Stack Standby Unit FTOS#show system brief Stack MAC : 00:01:e8:51:4e:f8 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 Member online S50N S50N 4.7.7.117 52 1 Member online S50N S50N 4.7.7.117 52 2 Member online S50N S50N 4.7.7.117 52 3 Member online S50N S50N 4.7.7.117 52 4 Standby online S50N S50N 4.7.7.117 52 5 Member online S50N S50N 4.7.7.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 56-2. show redundancy Command Output FTOS#show redundancy -- SSeries Redundancy Configuration ------------------------------------------------Auto reboot : Enabled -- Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Mgmt ID: 0 Stack-unit ID: 0 Stack-unit Redundancy Role: Primary Stack-unit State: Active Stack-unit SW Version: 7.7.1.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.7.1.0 Figure 56-3. Introduced on S-Series show system stack-ports Command Example FTOS# show system stack-ports Topology: Ring Interface Link Speed Admin Link (Gb/s) Status Status ---------------------------------------------------------------------------0/49 1/49 12 up up 0/50 12 up down 0/51 2/49 24 up up 1/49 0/49 12 up up 1/50 2/51 12 up up 2/49 0/51 24 up up 2/51 1/50 12 up up 2/52 12 up down FTOS# Example Figure 56-4.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 56-1. show interfaces description Command Example Fields Field Description Link Speed Link Speed of the stack port (12 or 24) in Gb/s Admin Status The only currently listed status is Up. Connection The stack port ID to which this unit’s stack port is connected Related Commands reset stack-unit Reset the designated S-Series stack member.
stack-unit provision s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Pre-configure a logical stacking ID of a switch that will join the stack. This is an optional command that is executed on the management unit. stack-unit 0-7 provision {S25N|S25P|S25V|S50N|S50V} 0-7 Enter a stack member identifier, from 0 to 7, of the switch that you want to add to the stack. S25N|S25P|S25V|| S50N|S50V Enter the S-Series model identifier of the switch to be added as a stack member.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example stack-unit renumber Command Example S50V_7.7#stack-unit 0 renumber 2 Renumbering master unit will reload the stack. Proceed to renumber [confirm yes/ no]: Related Commands reload Reboot Dell Networking OS. reset stack-unit Reset the designated S-Series stack member. show system (S-Series) Display the current status of all stack members or a specific member.
57 Storm Control Overview The Dell Networking OS Storm Control feature allows users to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting, or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • Do not apply per-VLAN QoS on an interface that has storm control enabled (either on an interface or globally). When broadcast storm control is enabled on an interface or globally on ingress, and DSCP marking for a DSCP value 1 is configured for the data traffic, the traffic will go to queue 1 instead of queue 0.
Example Figure 57-2. show storm-control broadcast Command Example (C-Series) FTOS#show storm-control broadcast gigabitethernet 3/24 Broadcast storm control configuration Interface Direction Packets/Second ----------------------------------------------Gi 3/24 Ingress 1000 FTOS# show storm-control multicast cs Display the storm control multicast configuration.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show storm-control unknown-unicast ces Syntax Parameters Display the storm control unknown-unicast configuration show storm-control unknown-unicast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration. • • • • • Defaults Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
storm-control broadcast (Configuration) ces Syntax Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network. storm-control broadcast [percentage decimal_value in | out] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the storm-control broadcast [percentage decimal_value in | out] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History percentage decimal_value in E-Series Only: Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in to the network. Optionally, you can designate a decimal value percentage, for example, 55.5%. Percentage: 0 to 100 0 % blocks all related traffic 100% allows all traffic into the interface Decimal Range: 0.1 to 0.
storm-control multicast (Interface) cs Configure the percentage of multicast traffic allowed on an C-Series or S-Series interface (ingress only) network only. Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable multicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information E-Series Only: Added percentage decimal value option Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Unknown Unicast Storm-Control is valid for Layer 2 and Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces. storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) ces Syntax Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only).
58 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Overview The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com bpdu-destination-mac-address cs Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. Syntax bpdu-destination-mac-address [stp | gvrp] provider-bridge-group Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History stp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs. gvrp Forces GVRP to use the Provider Bridge GVRP Address as the destination MAC address in its PDUs.
Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one Spanning Tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug Bridge Protocol Data Units.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands description Enter a description to identify the Spanning Tree (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced protocol spanning-tree Enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable ces Syntax Disable Spanning Tree Protocol globally on the switch. disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, enter no disable.
Command History Related Commands Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series max-age Change the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time Change the time interval between BPDUs. hello-time ces Syntax Set the time interval between generation of Spanning Tree Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs). hello-time seconds To return to the default value, enter no hello-time.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series forward-delay Change the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time Change the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree ces Syntax Enter the SPANNING TREE mode to enable and configure the Spanning Tree group.
Example Figure 58-2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show spanning-tree 0 ces Syntax Parameters Display the Spanning Tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the Spanning Tree group. show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific Spanning Tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in Spanning Tree group 0.
Example Figure 58-3. show spanning-tree 0 Command Example FTOS#show spann 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 58-1. show spanning-tree 0 Command Information Field Description “Times” List the number of seconds since the last: • • • • hello time topology change notification aging “Port 1...” Displays the Interface type slot/port information and the status of the interface (Disabled or Enabled). “Port path...” Displays the path cost, priority, and identifier for the interface. “Designated root...
spanning-tree 0 ces Syntax Parameters Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface. spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | {loopguard | rootguard} | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority} stp-id Enter the STP instance ID. Range: 0 cost cost Enter the keyword cost followed by a number as the cost.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information If you enable portfast bpduguard on an interface and the interface receives a BPDU, the software disables the interface and sends a message stating that fact. The port is in ERR_DISABLE mode, yet appears in the show interface commands as enabled. If shutdown-on-violation is not enabled, BPDUs will still be sent to the RPM CPU.
59 Time and Network Time Protocol (NTP) Overview The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using Dell Networking OS, or the hardware, or using the Network Time Protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For details, see the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com calendar set ces Syntax Parameters Set the time and date for the switch hardware clock. calendar set time month day year time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format, for example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. day Enter the number of the day. Range: 1 to 31.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar. This hardware clock runs continuously. After the hardware clock (the calendar) is set, the FTOS automatically updates the software clock after system bootup.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The software clock runs only when the software is up. The clock restarts, based on the hardware clock, when the switch reboots. Dell Force10 recommends that you use an outside time source, such as NTP, to ensure accurate time on the switch. Related Commands ntp update-calendar Set the switch using the NTP settings. clock summer-time date ces Syntax Set a date (and time zone) on which to convert the switch to daylight savings time on a one-time basis.
Command History Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series calendar set Set the hardware clock. clock summer-time recurring Set a date (and time zone) on which to convert the switch to daylight savings time each year. show clock Display the current clock settings. clock summer-time recurring ces Syntax Set the software clock to convert to daylight savings time on a specific day each year.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format, example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. Range: 1 to 1440. Default: 60 minutes. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 7.4.1.
clock update-calendar ces Syntax Set the switch hardware clock based on the software clock. clock update-calendar Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Use this command only if you are sure that the hardware clock is inaccurate and the software clock is correct.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ntp authenticate ces Syntax Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, enter no ntp authentication. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Not enabled. CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
Usage Information After configuring the ntp authentication-key command, configure the ntp trusted-key command to complete NTP authentication. Dell Networking OS versions 8.2.1.0 and later use an encryption algorithm to store the authentication key that is different from previous Dell Networking OS versions; beginning in version 8.2.1.0, Dell Networking OS uses DES encryption to store the key in the startup-config when you enter the command ntp authentication-key.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ntp multicast client e Syntax Configure the switch to receive NTP information from the network via multicast. ntp multicast client [multicast-address] To disable multicast reception, use the no ntp multicast client [multicast-address] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History multicast-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a multicast address. Enter either an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format or an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
Usage Information You can configure multiple time serving hosts (up to 250). From these time serving hosts, the FTOS will choose one NTP host with which to synchronize. Use the show ntp associations to determine which server was selected. Since a large number of polls to NTP hosts can impact network performance, Dell Force10 recommends that you limit the number of hosts configured. Related Commands show ntp associations Displays NTP servers configured and their status.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ntp trusted-key ces Syntax Set a key to authenticate the system to which NTP will synchronize. ntp trusted-key number To delete the key, use the no ntp trusted-key number command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands number Enter a number as the trusted key ID. Range: 1 to 4294967295. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.
show calendar ces Syntax Command Modes Display the current date and time based on the switch hardware clock. show calendar EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Figure 59-3. show calendar Command Example FTOS#show calendar 16:33:30 UTC Tue Jun 26 2001 FTOS# Related Commands show clock Display the time and date from the switch software clock.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 59-5. show clock detail Command Example FTOS#show clock detail 12:18:10.691 UTC Wed Jan 7 2009 Time source is RTC hardware Summer time starts 02:00:00 UTC Sun Mar 8 2009 Summer time ends 02:00:00 ABC Sun Nov 1 2009 FTOS# Related Commands clock summer-time recurring Display the time and date from the switch hardware clock. show calendar Display the time and date from the switch hardware clock.
Table 59-1. show ntp associations Command Fields Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • • • • • Related Commands * means synchronized to this peer # means almost synchronized to this peer + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization - means the peer is a candidate for selection ~ means the peer is statically configured remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example show ntp status Command Example FTOS#sh ntp status Clock is synchronized, stratum 2, reference is 100.10.10.10 frequency is -32.000 ppm, stability is 15.156 ppm, precision is 4294967290 reference time is BC242FD5.C7C5C000 (10:15:49.780 UTC Mon Jan 10 2000) clock offset is clock offset msec, root delay is 0.01656 sec root dispersion is 0.39694 sec, peer dispersion is peer dispersion msec peer mode is client FTOS# Table 59-2. Related Commands 1480 Figure 59-7.
60 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Overview Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if used with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. Uplink Failure Detection is supported on platform: s (S50 only).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ufd-disable s S50 only Syntax Parameters Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-disabled error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic. clear ufd-disable {interface interface | uplink-state-group group-id} interface interface Specifies one or more downstream interfaces.
debug uplink-state-group s S50 only Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Enable debug messages for events related to a specified uplink-state group or all groups. debug uplink-state-group [group-id] group-id Enables debugging on the specified uplink-state group. Valid group-id values are 1 to 16. None EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com downstream s S50 only Syntax Parameters Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface.
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. To disable auto-recovery on downstream links, enter the no downstream auto-recover command. downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enabling the tracking of upstream links.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com enable s S50 only Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Re-enable upstream-link tracking for an uplink-state group after it has been disabled. enable group-id Enables debugging on the specified uplink-state group. Valid group-id values are 1 to 16. Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group. UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
Related Commands show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enabling the tracking of upstream links. show uplink-state-group s S50 only Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 60-3.
uplink-state-group s S50 only Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Create an uplink-state group and enabling the tracking of upstream links on a switch/router. uplink-state-group group-id group-id Enter the ID number of an uplink-state group. Range: 1-16. None CONFIGURATION Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. After you enter the command, you enter uplink-state-group configuration mode to assign upstream and downstream interfaces to the group.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com upstream s S50 only Syntax Parameters Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface.
61 VLAN Stacking Overview With the VLAN-Stacking feature (also called Stackable VLANs and QinQ), available on all Dell Networking platforms (C-Series c, E-Series e, and S-Series s) that are supported by this version of Dell Networking OS, you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. VLAN Stacking is supported on E-Series ExaScale ex with Dell Networking OS 8.2.1.0. and later.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • Assigning an IP address to a Stackable VLAN is supported when all the members are only Stackable VLAN trunk ports. IP addresses on a Stackable VLAN-enabled VLAN is not supported if the VLAN contains Stackable VLAN access ports. This facility is provided for SNMP management over a Stackable VLAN enabled VLAN containing only Stackable VLAN trunk interfaces. Layer 3 routing protocols on such a VLAN are not supported.
Usage Information Related Commands You must first enable DEI for this configuration to take effect. dei enable dei mark cs Set the DEI value on egress according to the color currently assigned to the packet. Syntax dei mark {green | yellow} {0 | 1} Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information Related Commands 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color. green | yellow Choose a color: Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Command History CONF-IF-VLAN Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for C-Series and S-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Related Commands You must enable the Stackable VLAN (using the vlan-stack compatible command) on the VLAN prior to adding a member to the VLAN. vlan-stack compatible Enable Stackable VLAN on a VLAN.
Related Commands dei honor show interface dei-mark cs Display the dei mark configuration. Syntax show interface dei-mark [interface slot/port | linecard number port-set number] Parameters interface slot/port Enter the interface type followed by the line card slot and port number.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured. INTERFACE Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for C-Series and S-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to enabling this command, you must enter the switchport command to place the interface in Layer 2 mode. To remove the access port designation, the port must be removed (using the no member interface command) from all Stackable VLAN enabled VLANs.
vlan-stack dot1p-mapping cs Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. C-Tag values may be separated by commas, and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic Mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. Syntax vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword followed by the customer dot1p value that will be mapped to a service provider do1p value.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information See the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for specific interoperability limitations regarding the S-Tag TPID. On E-Series TeraScale, the two characters you enter in the CLI for number become the MSB, as shown in Table 61-1. Table 61-1. Configuring a TPID on the E-Series TeraScale number Resulting TPID 1 0x0100 10 0x1000 More than two characters. Configuration rejected.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for C-Series and S-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to using this command, you must execute the switchport command to place the interface in Layer 2 mode. To remove the trunk port designation, the port must first be removed (using the no member interface command) from all Stackable VLAN-enabled VLANs. Starting with Dell Networking OS 7.7.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 1 Figure 61-2.
62 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Overview Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) is supported on the C-Series and E-Series TeraScale and ExaScale platforms.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series Exascale. Example FTOS(conf)#cam-profile test FTOS(conf-cam-prof-test)#microcode vrf FTOS(conf-cam-prof-test)#enable CAM profile 'abc' is currently enabled. Do you want to disable it and continue? [yes/no]: y Updating the cam-profile will need a chassis reboot. System configuration has been modified.
cam-profile ipv4-vrf et Note: This command is not supported on C-Series. (E-Series Terascale only) Set the VRF CAM profile for IPv4 only. Syntax Command Modes Command History cam-profile ipv4-vrf microcode ipv4-vrf CONFIGURATION Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series Terascale. Example FTOS(conf)#cam-profile ipv4-vrf microcode ipv4-vrf FTOS(conf)#do reload Must reload the system after setting the CAM Profile.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com cam-profile ipv4-v6-vrf et Note: This command is not supported on C-Series. (E-Series Terascale only) Set the VRF CAM profile for IPv4 and IPv6. Syntax Command Modes Command History cam-profile ipv4-v6-vrf microcode ipv4-v6-vrf CONFIGURATION Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series Terascale.
cam-profile ipv4-vrf e Note: This command is not supported on C-Series. (E-Series Exascale only) Set the VRF CAM profile for IPv4 only. Syntax Command Modes Command History cam-profile ipv4-vrf microcode ipv4-vrf CONFIGURATION Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series Example FTOS(conf)#cam-profile ipv4-vrf microcode ipv4-vrf FTOS(conf)#do reload Must reload the system after setting the CAM Profile.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip vrf ce Create a non-default VRF instance by specifying the VRF name and ID. Note: Starting in Dell Networking OS 8.4.2.1, when VRF microcode is loaded on an E-Series ExaScale or TeraScale router, the ip vrf {default-vlan | vrf-name} command is deprecated, and is replaced by the ip vrf vrf-name vrf-id command. Syntax ip vrf vrf-name vrf-id To remove a VRF, enter no ip vrf vrf-name. Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf-name Enter the name of the VRF instance.
Usage Information There must be no prior Layer 3 configuration on the interface when configuring VRF. VRF must be enabled prior to implementing this command. Starting in release 8.4.1.0, you can configure an IP subnet or address on a physical or VLAN interface that overlaps the same IP subnet or address configured on another interface only if the interfaces are assigned to different VRFs.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example FTOS#conf FTOS(conf)#ip vrf-vlan-block 1024 FTOS(conf)# Usage Information Enter the number as a power of 2. The total block number of VLANs applies to every configured VRF process. You cannot set different blocks for different VRF processes. All VLAN member ports must be removed from the VLAN before the VLAN is deleted from a VRF instance. Related Commands Set the starting VLAN ID for a VRF instance.
Example FTOS#show ip vrf VRF-Name VRF-ID Interfaces default-vrf 0 So 0/0 So 0/1 So 0/2 So 0/3 Gi 1/0 Gi 1/1 Gi 1/2 Gi 1/3 Gi 1/4 Gi 1/6 Gi 1/7 Gi 1/8 Gi 1/9 Gi 1/11 Gi 1/12 Gi 1/13 Gi 1/14 Gi 1/15 Gi 1/16 Gi 1/17 Gi 1/18 Gi 1/19 Gi 1/20 Gi 1/21 Gi 1/22 Gi 1/23 Gi 1/24 Gi 1/25 Gi 1/26 Gi 1/27 Gi 1/28 Gi 1/29 Gi 1/30 Gi 1/31 Gi 1/32 Gi 1/33 Gi 1/34 Gi 1/ 35 Gi 1/36 Gi 1/37 Gi 1/38 Gi 1/39 Gi 1/40 Gi 1/41 Gi 1/42 Gi 1/43 Gi 1/44 Gi 1/45 Gi 1/46 Gi 1/47 Ma 0/0 Ma 1/0 Nu 0 Vl 1 Vl 100 Vl 111 Vl 112 East 1 Gi 1
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes Command History vlan-start-id The starting VLAN ID number for this VRF instance. The system takes this number and adds up the number of VLANs assigned in ip-vrf-vlan-block to set the start and end range for the VRF VLANs. CONFIGURATION-VRF Version 8.4.2.1 The start vrf-vlan-id vlan-start-id command is deprecated. Version 8.2.1.
62 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) is supported on the C-Series platform. VLT allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History 1 Second VLT DOMAINS This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.4.6.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Command Modes Command History EXEC This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.4.6.0 Example Related Commands Introduced on the C-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com lacp ungroup member-independent c Syntax Prevent possible loop during the boot up of a VLT peer switch or a device that accesses the VLT domain. lacp ungroup member-independent {vlt | port-channel} Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History port-channel Force all LACP port-channel members to become switchport. vlt Force all VLT LACP members to become switch-ports. Not Configured. CONFIGURATION This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.4.6.0 Introduced on the C-Series. peer-link port-channel c Syntax Configure the specified port channel as the chassis interconnect trunk between VLT peers in the domain. peer-link port-channel port-channel-number {peer-down-vlan vlan id} Parameters port-channel-nu Enter the port-channel number that acts as the interconnect trunk.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com peer-routing-timeout c Syntax Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. peer-routing-timeout value To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Command Modes Command History Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0 (no timeout). VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) This guide is platform-specific.
show vlt brief c Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Displays summarized status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. show vlt brief Not Configured. EXEC This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.4.6.0 Usage Information Example (Brief) Introduced on the C-Series.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example FTOS_VLTpeer1# show vlt backup-link VLT Backup Link ----------------Destination: Peer HeartBeat status: HeartBeat Timer Interval: HeartBeat Timeout: UDP Port: HeartBeat Messages Sent: HeartBeat Messages Received: 10.11.200.18 Up 1 3 34998 1026 1025 show vlt counters c Syntax Displays the counter information.
Example (igmp-snoop) Example (igmp-snoop interface port-channel) FTOS# show vlt counter igmp-snoop Total IGMP VLT counters ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 FTOS#show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 2 VLT Port-ID: 2 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 0 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 FTOS# show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 100 VLT Port-ID: 100 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show vlt inconsistency c Syntax Command Modes Command History Display run-time inconsistencies in the incoming interface (IIF) for spanned multicast routes. show vlt inconsistency ip mroute EXEC This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.4.6.
Example FTOS#show vlt mismatch Domain ----------Parameters Local ---------------------Unit-ID 0 Vlan-config -----------Vlan-ID Local Mode -------------------100 -Vlan IPV4 Multicast Status --------------------------Vlan-ID Local Status ------------------4094 Active Peer --------15 Peer Mode ----------L3 Peer Status ----------Inactive FTOS# show vlt role c Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priorit
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show vlt statistics c Syntax Displays statistics on VLT operations. show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Display the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Display the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping.
FTOS_VLTpeer1#show vlt statistics VLT Statistics -------------HeartBeat Messages Sent: 930 HeartBeat Messages Received: 909 ICL Hello's Sent: 927 ICL Hello's Received: 910 Domain Mismatch Errors: 0 Version Mismatch Errors: 0 Config Mismatch Errors: 0 VLT MAC Statistics -----------------L2 Info Pkts sent: L2 Info Pkts Rcvd: L2 Reg Request sent: L2 Reg Request rcvd: L2 Reg Response sent: L2 Reg Response rcvd: 6, L2 Mac-sync Pkts Sent:0 3, L2 Mac-sync Pkts Rcvd:2 1 2 1 1 VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics --------
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Not Configured. EXEC This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.4.6.0 Example Introduced on the C-Series.
Usage Information When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically creates a VLT-system MAC address used for internal system operations. To reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain by entering a new MAC address in the format nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn, use the system-mac command. You must also reconfigure the same MAC address on the VLT peer switch. unit-id c Syntax Explicitly configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.4.6.0 Usage Information Related Commands Introduced on the C-Series. The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices.
63 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) is available on platforms: c e s IPv6 VRRP (VRRP version 3) is available on platforms: c e s Overview This chapter has the following sections: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands on page 17 IPv6 VRRP Commands on page 32 IPv4 VRRP Commands The IPv4 VRRP commands are: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • advertise-interval authentication-type clear counters vrrp debug vrrp description disable hold-time preempt priority show config show vrrp
www.dell.com | support.dell.com advertise-interval ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. advertise-interval time time Enter a number of in seconds for IPv4 or centiseconds for IPv6. Range: 1 to 255, in increments of 25 for IPv6. IPv4 Default: 1 second. IPv6 Default: 100 centiseconds 1 second for IPv4 and 100 centiseconds for IPv6 INTERFACE-VRRP Version 8.3.2.
clear counters vrrp ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Clear the counters recorded for IPv4 VRRP operations. clear counters vrrp [vrid | ipv6 | vrf instance] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of the VRRP group ID. Range: 1 to 255 ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) C-Series and E-Series only: Enter the name of a VRF instance (32 characters maximum) to clear the counters of all VRRP groups in the specified VRF.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.6.0 Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series If no options are specified, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. description ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Configure a short text string describing the VRRP group. description text text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long.
hold-time ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. hold-time time time Enter a number of seconds for IPv4 or centiseconds for IPv6. Range: 0 to 65535, in multiples of 25 for IPv6 Default: 0 zero (0) seconds VRRP Version 8.3.2.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com priority ces Syntax Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. This value is used by the VRRP protocol during the MASTER election process. priority priority Parameters Defaults Command Modes priority 100 VRRP Command History Usage Information Enter a number as the priority. Enter 255 only if the router’s virtual address is the same as the interface’s primary IP address (that is, the router is the OWNER). Range: 1 to 255. Default: 100. Version 8.3.2.
show vrrp ces Syntax Parameters Display information on the IPv4 and IPv6 VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the FTOS returns the message: No Active VRRP group. show vrrp [ipv6] [vrid] [vrf instance | interface] [brief] ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to display information on IPv6 VRRP groups. vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter a Virtual Router identifier to display information on only the specified VRRP group. Range: 1 to 255.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 63-1. Command Example Description: show vrrp brief Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot and port on which the VRRP group is configured. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID. Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface. If the track command is configured to track that interface and the interface is disabled, the cost is subtracted from the priority value assigned to the interface.
Figure 63-3. Command Example: show vrrp FTOS>show vrrp -----------------GigabitEthernet 12/3, VRID: 1, Net: 10.1.1.253 VRF: 0 default-vrf State: Master, Priority: 105, Master: 10.1.1.253 (local) Hold Down: 0 sec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 1 sec Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Virtual IP address: 10.1.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 63-2. Command Example Description: show vrrp Adv rcvd:... This line displays counters for the following: • • • Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Authentication:... States whether authentication is configured for the VRRP group. If it is, the authentication type and the password are listed. Tracking states...
track ces Syntax Parameters Monitor an interface or a configured object and, optionally, reconfigure the cost value subtracted from the VRRP group priority if the tracked interface or object goes down. You can assign up to 12 tracked interfaces and up to 20 tracked objects per virtual group.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If the specified interface or object goes down or is disabled, the cost value is subtracted from the priority value. As a result, a new MASTER election may occur if the resulting priority value is lower than the priority value in the BACKUP virtual routers.
virtual-address ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. You must set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group to start sending VRRP packets. For IPv4 addresses multiple addresses can be entered in the same command line. For IPv6 addresses, each address must be entered separately. virtual-address address1 [...address12] address1 Enter an IPv4 address or IPv6 address for the virtual router.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com vrrp-group ces Syntax Assign an interface to a VRRP group. vrrp-group vrid Parameters Defaults Command Modes vrid Not configured. INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. VRID range (C-Series and S-Series): 1-255. VRID range (E-Series): 1-255 when VRF microcode is not loaded and 1-15 when VRF microcode is loaded. Version 8.4.2.
Figure 63-4 shows how the actual VRID used by a VRRP group is displayed: • • Below the command line - when VRF microcode is loaded and you enter the vrrp-group or vrrp-ipv6-group command in VRRP-group configuration mode. In show vrrp command output. Important: You must configure the same VRID on neighboring routers (Dell Networking or non-Dell Networking) in the same VRRP group in order for all routers to interoperate. Figure 63-4.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com IPv6 VRRP Commands The IPv6 VRRP commands are: • • • • clear counters vrrp ipv6 debug vrrp ipv6 show vrrp ipv6 vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • • • • • • • • • advertise-interval description disable hold-time preempt priority show config track virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 ecs Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History 32 | Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups.
debug vrrp ipv6 ecs Syntax Parameters Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP. debug vrrp ipv6 interface [vrid] {all | packets | state | timer} interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • Command Modes Command History Usage Information For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show vrrp ipv6 ecs Syntax Parameters View the IPv6 VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the FTOS returns “No Active VRRP group.” show vrrp ipv6 [vrid] [interface] [brief] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the Virtual Router Identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. Range: 1 to 255.
Table 63-3. Command Example Description: show vrrp ipv6 State: master... Displays the interface’s state: • Na/If (not available), • master (MASTER virtual router) • backup (BACKUP virtual router) the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER. Hold Down:... This line displays additional VRRP configuration information: • • Hold Down displays the hold down timer interval in seconds.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com vrrp-ipv6-group ecs Syntax Assign an interface to a VRRP group. vrrp-ipv6-group vrid Parameters Defaults Command Modes vrid Not configured. INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. VRID range (C-Series and S-Series): 1-255. VRID range (E-Series): 1-255 when VRF microcode is not loaded and 1-15 when VRF microcode is loaded. Version 8.4.2.
64 C-Series Diagnostics and Debugging Overview This chapter contains the following sections: • • • • • • • • • • • • Inter-process Communication Commands RPM Management Port Commands Data Path Debugging Commands Interface Troubleshooting Commands Advanced ASIC Debugging Commands ACL and System-Flow Debug Commands Interface Management Debug Commands Layer 2 Debug Command Trace Logging Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands PoE Hardware Status Commands Buffer Tuning Commands Inter-process Communication Comman
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters linecard Enter the keyword linecard to clear counters on a line card. rpm Enter the keyword rpm to clear counters on an RPM. number Enter a number after the following keywords: • • Defaults None. Command Mode EXEC After the keyword rpm: Range: 0-1 After the keyword linecard: Range: 0-7 for the C300 EXEC Privilege Command History Version7.5.1.
hardware monitor linecard e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Configure the system to take an action upon a line card hardware error. hardware monitor linecard asic {btm [action-on-error {card-problem | card-reset | card-shutdown}] | fpc [action-on-error | parity-correction]} action-on-error Enter the keyword action-on-error to further specify actions that should be taken in the event of a hardware error.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced This command enables a hardware watchdog mechanism that automatically reboots an Dell Networking OS switch/router with a single unresponsive RPM. This is a last resort mechanism intended to prevent a manual power cycle. show hardware cpu party-bus c Syntax Parameters View advanced debugging counters for the party-bus port on the CPU of the specified line card or RPM.
Example Figure 64-1. show hardware linecard Command Example FTOS#show hardware linecard 1 cpu party-bus statistic ACTIVE EMAC DEVICE:2 STATISTICS Num of Pkts. Tx Requested = 2788452, Number of Pkts Transmitted = 2788452 Num of Pkts.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 7.5.1.0 Figure 64-2. Introduction show hardware rpm mac counters Command Example FTOS#show hardware rpm 0 mac counters Received and Transmitted Packets without Errors SLOT ID# Rx Counter TxCounter RSM SLOTS: 0 1 17 1 0 0 LCM SLOTS: 0 0 0 1 17 1 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 Table 64-1. Slot ID # show hardware rpm mac counters Output Description Port number on the party-bus control switch.
RPM Management Port Commands show hardware rpm cpu management c Syntax Parameters View standard Ethernet receive and transmit counters as well as auto-negotiation debugging information for the external management interface. show hardware rpm number cpu management statistics number Defaults None. Command Mode EXEC Enter the RPM slot number. Range: 0-1 EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.5.1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 64-4.
Data Path Debugging Commands Data path refers to external data and control packets that are sent to an RPM or line card, or processed by FP and forwarded through the system. • • show hardware drops show hardware cpu data-plane show hardware drops c Syntax Parameters View internal packet-drop counters on a line card or RPM. show hardware {linecard number | rpm number} drops [unit number] [port number] linecard Enter the keyword linecard to view information about a line card.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 64-5.
Figure 64-7.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 1 Figure 64-8.
show hardware interface phy c Syntax Parameters View MAC- and PHY-related registers and link status information, including the transmitted and received auto-negotiation control words. show hardware interface interface phy [registers] phy Enter the keyword phy to display sent and received auto-negotiation and Layer 1 link status information. registers (OPTIONAL) Use the registers keyword to display a dump of the PHY registers in hexadecimal.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 64-10.
Table 64-2. Usage Information show hardware rpm number mac Output Description 1000Base-T Control 1000Base-T requires auto-negotiation. The IEEE Ethernet standard does not support setting the speed to 1000 Mbps with the speed command without auto-negotiation. C-Series line cards support both full-duplex and half-duplex 1000BaseT.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Advanced ASIC Debugging Commands • • • • clear hardware unit show cpu-interface-stats show hardware unit show revision clear hardware unit c Syntax Parameters Clear debugging information on the internal Gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the CSF and FP ASICs. clear hardware {linecard number | rpm number} unit number counters linecard Enter the keyword linecard to clear information about a line card. rpm Enter the keyword rpm to clear information about an RPM.
Defaults Command Modes No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Example Figure 64-12. Introduced on C-Series show cpu-interface-stats lp Command Example (Partial) FTOS#show cpu-interface-stats lp 1 -- Dataplane PP1 interface statistics -Link state : Up Recv Interrupts/Polls: 0 Recv Packets : 9807 Transmit ... -- Dataplane PP0 interface statistics -Link state : Up Recv Interrupts/Polls: 0 Recv Packets : 9807 Transmit Recv Desc Error : 0 Transmit ...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 54 Figure 64-13. show cpu-interface-stats cp Command Example (Partial) FTOS#show cpu-interface-stats cp -- Partybus ethernet statistics -Link state : Down Recv Interrupts/Polls: 438532 Recv Packets : 440125 Transmit Packets : ... -- Dataplane ethernet statistics -Link state : Down Recv Interrupts/Polls: 9875 Recv Packets : 9875 Transmit Packets : ... -- OOB ethernet statistics -Link state : Up Recv Interrupts/Polls: 15439 Recv Packets : 19298 Transmit Packets : .
show hardware unit c Syntax Parameters View advanced debugging information on the internal Gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the CSF and FP ASICs. show hardware {linecard number | rpm number} unit number {counters | details | port-stats | register} linecard Enter the keyword linecard to view information about a line card. rpm Enter the keyword rpm to view information about an RPM.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 64-14. show revision Command Example FTOS#show revision -- RPM 0 -C300 RPM FPGA : 3.8 Required FPGA version : 3.8 -- Secondary RPM -C300 RPM FPGA : 3.8 Required FPGA version : 3.8 -- Line card 3 -48 Port 1G LCM FPGA : 2.6 Required FPGA version : 2.6 -- Line card 7 -48 Port 1G LCM FPGA : 2.6 Required FPGA version : 2.
Related Commands show hardware system-flow layer2 linecard port-set View system-flow entries. show hardware acl c Syntax Parameters View Layer 2 or Layer 3 access control list entries. show hardware {layer2 | layer 3} acl linecard number port-set number layer2 Enter the keyword layer2 to view Layer 2 access control list entries for the specified line card. layer3 Enter the keyword layer3 to view Layer 3 access control list entries for the Forwarding Processor of the specified line card.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Warning: Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so. show hardware system-flow layer2 linecard port-set c Syntax View system-flow entries.
debug ifm trace-flags c Syntax Turn on IFM internal trace-flags. debug ifm trace-flags trace-flag Disable this command using the no debug ifm trace-flags command. Parameters trace-flag Defaults None. Command Mode EXEC Enter a hexadecimal number representing the trace-flag. EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 4.2.1.0 Introduction Turning on a trace flag does not result in an output to the console/terminal.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • number Defaults None. Command Mode EXEC For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
count The keyword count shows the number of MAC addresses present in the software. port interface The keywords port interface show Layer 2 information for a port on a particular line card. stg The keyword stg shows the state of each port in a particular Spanning Tree Group on a line card. vlan The keyword vlan shows Layer 2 information in the MAC Agent for a VLAN on a particular line card.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug cpu-traffic-stats c Syntax Enable the collection of CPU traffic statistics. debug cpu-traffic-stats [linecard {all | number}] To disable debugging, execute the no debug cpu-traffic-stats command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword linecard to view CPU traffic statistics for a particular line card. all Enter the keyword all to specify all line cards.
Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information H Version 4.2.1.0 Introduction One trace log message is generated for each command. No password information is saved to this file. A command-history trace log is saved to a file upon an RPM failover. This file can be analyzed by the Dell Networking TAC to help identify the root cause of an RPM failover. show console lp c Syntax View the buffered console log for a line card.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example H Version 7.5.1.0 Figure 64-15.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History rpm slot Enter the keyword rpm followed by the RPM slot number. Range: 0 or 1 errorlog (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword errorlog to dump the FPGA Error Log. linecard slot registers Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number and the keyword registers to dump the line card’s FPGA registers. Range: 0-7 for the C300; 0-3 for the C7004/C150 registers (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword registers to dump the FPGA Registers.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 66 Figure 64-17. show hardware rpm fpga stats (C-Series Command Example) orce10#show hardware rpm 1 fpga stats DUMPING FPGA INTERRUPT STATISTICS FAN Interrupts received - 0 PSU Interrupts received - 0 Card Presence Interrupts received - 0 I2C[0] Interrupts received - 0 I2C[0] Interrupts handled - 0 I2C[1] Interrupts received - 337 I2C[1] Interrupts handled - 337 I2C[2] Interrupts received - 0 I2C[2] Interrupts handled - 0 I2C[3] Interrupts received - 1209 ...
Offline Diagnostic Commands The commands in this section are: • diag linecard • offline • online • show diag The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. The tests results are written to a file in flash memory and can be displayed on screen. Detailed statistics for all tests are collected.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com offline c Syntax Place a line card or SFM in an offline state. offline {linecard number | sfm standby} Parameters linecard Enter the keyword linecard to place the linecard in an offline state. sfm standby Enter the keywords sfm standby to place the RPM in an offline state. number After the keyword linecard: Range: 0-7 for the C300 Defaults None. Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History H Version 7.5.1.
show diag c Syntax View diagnostics information. show diag {information | linecard number | summary | detail} Parameters information Enter the keyword information to view diagnostics processes by line card. linecard Enter the keyword linecard for diagnostics information for a particular line card. number Enter a line card number. Range: 0-7 for the C300 summary Enter the keyword summary brief diagnostics information. detail Enter the keyword detail for detailed diagnostics information.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 64-18.
queue0 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or packet pointers to Queue 0. Dedicated Buffer Range: 0-2013 Dynamic Buffer Range: FP: 0-2013 CSF: 0-131200 (in multiples of 80) Packet Pointer Range: 0-2047 queue1 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or packet pointers to Queue 1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information linecard slot Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number. port-set port-pipe Enter the keyword port-set followed by the port-pipe number. Range: 0-3 on C-Series, 0-1 on S-Series buffer-policy buffer-profile Enter the keyword buffer-policy followed by the name of a buffer profile you created. None BUFFER PROFILE H Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
Usage Information When you remove a buffer-profile using the command no buffer-profile [fp | csf] from CONFIGURATION mode, the buffer-profile name still appears in the output of show buffer-profile [detail | summary]. After a line card reset, the buffer profile correctly returns to the default values, but the profile name remains.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show buffer-profile cs Display the buffer profile that is applied to an interface. Syntax show buffer-profile {detail | summary} {csf | fp-uplink} Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Example detail Display the buffer allocations of the applied buffer profiles. summary Display the buffer-profiles that are applied to line card port-pipes in the system.
Command History Example H Version Added support for the keyword fortyGigE. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Figure 64-20.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
65 E-Series Debugging and Diagnostics Overview Dell Networking OS supports an extensive suite of protocol-specific debug commands for packet- and event-level debugging. These commands are described throughout this document. In addition, Dell Networking OS supports commands for diagnosing suspected hardware issues.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • show tech-support In addition to these debug commands, Dell Networking OS supports diagnostics, monitoring, and fault isolation commands to assist in gathering information. Important Points to Remember • • • • Unless otherwise noted, these commands are available on TeraScale systems only. The trace-log file captures failure information on most failure events. The RPM-SFM runtime loopback test failure initiates an SFM walk.
Usage Information The runtime dataplane loopback test, by default, runs in the background. Every 10 seconds, the primary RPM and each line card sends packets through the SFMs and back again (loopback) to monitor the overall health status of the dataplane at a system level. This command disables that automatic runtime loopback test. Execute the show diag sfm command to view the diagnostics results (see Figure 65-1). Note: Only the Primary RPM can perform runtime dataplane loopback test.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com dataplane-diag disable sfm-walk Diable the automatic SFM walk show diag sfm Display the loopback test results dataplane-diag disable sfm-walk e Syntax Disable the automatic SFM walk that is launched after an RPM-SFM runtime loopback test failure. dataplane-diag disable sfm-walk To re-enable the automatic SFM walk, use the no dataplane-diag disable sfm-walk command.
Related Commands diag sfm Initiate a manual dataplane loopback test. show diag sfm Display the loopback test results Note: This command is not supported on the E600i chassis. diag linecard e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Run a diagnosis on a linecard. diag linecard [slot] [alllevels | level0 | level1 | level2 | terminate] slot Enter the slot number of the card you with to diagnose.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If the test passes when the switch fabric is down and there are at least (max-1) SFMs in the chassis, then the system will bring the switch fabric back up automatically. Like the runtime loopback test, the manual loopback test failure will not bring the switch fabric down. Note: Line card-SFM loopback test failure, during the manual test, will trigger an SFM walk. Related Commands reset sfm Reset the SFM and bring it back online.
Command History Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series CPU ACLs are useful for troubleshooting packet flow that has bypassed the hardware-based distributed forwarding path and is traveling directly to the RPM CPU. This command is useful in debugging the CPU originated control traffic. You can use the egress ACL with count option to verify if the control traffic sent by the CPU made it to the line card egress or not.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Should a crash occur, the large crash kernel file may take more than ten minutes to upload and may require more space on the flash than is available. The HA module is aware of a core-dump in process and will wait until the upload is complete before rebooting the RPM. Note: Application core-dumps are also automatically uploaded to flash. If there is not enough available space for the kernel core-dump on the flash, the kernel upload will terminate.
Defaults Command Modes Disabled (core-dump logging is off) CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced the port-shutdown and no-port-shutdown variables Version 6.5.4.0 Introduced The line card core-dump is stored on flash in a directory: • Storage Directory Name: flash:CORE_DUMP_DIR — Line Card core-dump naming convention is: f10lpSlot_Number.core.gz For example: f10lp6.core.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com power-off/on sfm e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Power on or off a specified SFM. power-{off | on} sfm slot-number power-off Enter the keyword power-off to power off the SFM. power-on Enter the keyword power-on to power on the SFM sfm slot-number Enter the keyword sfm followed by the slot number of the SFM to power on/off. Range: 0 to 7 No default values or behavior EXEC Version 6.5.4.
Example Figure 65-4. show sfm all Command Example FTOS#show sfm all Switch Fabric State: Switch Mode: SFM down (Not enough working SFMs) -- Switch Fabric Modules -Slot Status --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 power off (SFM powered off by user) 1 power off (SFM powered off by user) 2 power off (SFM powered off by user) 3 active 4 active 5 active FTOS# Related Commands show sfm Display the current SFM status.
[by admin from vty0 (peer RPM)] —with brackets, when the command is executed to primary rpm via standby rpm using telnet-peer-rpm command. www.dell.com | support.dell.com • Each command contains up to 50 characters in the display output. Dell Networking OS compares the first 50 characters of each command and if the characters are the same (i.e. the same command was issued), then the display output indicates the duplicate entry with “Repeated X times” (see Figure 65-5).
reset linecard e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Reset a specific line card module (power-off and then power-on). reset linecard slot-number slot-number Enter the slot number of the SFM to reset. Range: 0 to 6 No default values or behavior EXEC Privilege Version 6.5.4.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 65-8. reset sfm error message FTOS#reset sfm 1 % Error: SFM1 is active. Resetting it will impact data traffic. FTOS# Note: Resetting an SFM in a power-off state is not permitted. Use the command power-on sfm to bring the SFM back to a power-on state. Related Commands power-off/on sfm Power on/off an SFM show diag sfm e Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Display the results and status of the last chassis runtime/onetime loopback test.
show processes ipc e Syntax Display IPC messaging used internally between Dell Networking OS processes. show processes ipc [recv-stats | send-stats] [cp | rp1 | rp2 | lp linecard-number] Parameters Defaults Command Modes recv-stats (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword recv-stat to display the receiver-side details of the IPC messages. send-stats (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword send-stats to display the sender-side details of the IPC messages.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 65-11.
Example Figure 65-12.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Important Points to Remember • A sending task enqueues messages into the SWP queue3 for a receiving task and waits for an acknowledgement. If no response is received within a period of time, the SWP time-out mechanism re-submits the message at the head of the FIFO queue.
Example Figure 65-14. show revision Command Example (Partial) FTOS#show revision -- RPM 0 panda bedrock helio tabby willow -: : : : : ASIC - 0x72632000 0x34 0x13 0x7 0x13 -- Line card 0 -lc pic 0 : 1.0 lc pic 1 : 1.0 marvel serdes : 0x0 aquarius : 0x15 galle : 0x11 lynx : 0x7 mini : 0x22 pandora : 0xd -- Line card 1 -lc pic 0 : 1.1 lc pic 1 : 1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes When using the pipe command ( | ), enter one of these keywords to filter command output. Refer to CLI Basics in the Dell Networking OS Command Reference Guide for details on filtering commands save: Enter the save keyword (following the pipe) to save the command output.
Example Figure 65-15. show tech-support (E-Series Command Example) Partial Output FTOS#show tech-support ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software System image file is "flash://FTOS-EF-6.5.4.1.bin" Chassis Type: E600 Control Processor: IBM PowerPC 750FX (Rev D2.2) with 536870912 bytes of memory. Route Processor 1: IBM PowerPC 750FX (Rev D2.2) with 1073741824 bytes of memory.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show environment (C-Series and E-Series) Display system component status. show processes memory (C-Series and E-Series) Display memory usage based on running processes. Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. The tests results are written to a file in flash memory and can be displayed on screen. Detailed statistics for all tests are collected.
Defaults Command Modes All Levels (alllevels) EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 6.5.4.0 Introduced offline e Syntax Place a line card in an offline state. offline {linecard number} Parameters Defaults Command Mode linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number. Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600, and 0 to 5 on a E300. No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History H Version 6.5.4.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show diag e Syntax Display current diagnostics information. show diag {information} [linecard number [detail | periodic | summary]] Parameters Defaults Command Mode information Enter the keyword information to view current diagnostics information in the system. linecard number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number. Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600, and 0 to 5 on a E300.
• • • • • • • • show hardware fpc forward show hardware fpc lookup detail show hardware rpm cp show hardware rpm mac counters show hardware rpm rp1/rp2 show interfaces link-status show logging driverlog show running-config hardware-monitor See also in Chapter 23, Interfaces”: • • show interfaces phy show interfaces transceiver clear hardware btm e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Clear the Buffer Traffic Manager (BTM) error counters and status registers.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 65-16. clear hardware linecard Command Example FTOS#clear hardware linecard 2 port-set 0 btm ingress errors FTOS#clear hardware rpm 1 port-set 0 btm ingress errors FTOS#clear hardware rpm 0 port-set 0 btm ingress errors % Error: RPM 0 is not active.
Defaults Command Mode Command History None CONFIGURATION Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced hardware monitor mac e Syntax Defaults Command Mode Command History Configure the system to shut down all ports on a line card upon a MAC hardware error. hardware monitor mac action-on-error port-shutdown None CONFIGURATION Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced hardware watchdog e Syntax Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information Set the watchdog timer to trigger a reboot and restart the system.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 104 Defaults Command Modes No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Example Figure 65-17.
Example Figure 65-18. show cpu-interface-stats cp command Example (Partial) FTOS#show cpu-interface-stats cp -- Partybus ethernet statistics -Link state : Down Recv Interrupts/Polls: 438532 Recv Packets : 440125 Transmit Packets : 290784 ... -- Dataplane ethernet statistics -Link state : Down Recv Interrupts/Polls: 9875 Recv Packets : 9875 Transmit Packets : 9841 ... -- OOB ethernet statistics -Link state : Up Recv Interrupts/Polls: 15439 Recv Packets : 19298 Transmit Packets : 11 ...
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes rpm Enter the keyword rpm to display RPM error counters, status registers, or packet queue from the BTM. linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number to display BTM error counters, status registers, or packet queue on the specified line card.
show hardware fpc forward e Display receive and transmit counters, error counters and status registers for the forwarding functional area of the FPC (flexible packet classification engine). Syntax show hardware linecard number port-set pipe-number fpc forward {counters | drops | spi {err-counters | spichannel# counters} | status} Parameters Defaults Command Modes linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 65-21.
show hardware fpc lookup detail e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Display diagnostic and debug information related to the lookup functional area of the Flexible Packet Classification (FPC). show hardware linecard number port-set pipe-number fpc lookup detail linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 65-22. show hardware linecard Command Example FTOS#show hardware linecard 0 port-set 0 fpc lookup detailed Summary of Error Registers ------- -- ----- --------0 Counters Enabled : Cyclone 1.5 ChassisMap Cyclone 1.
Defaults Command Modes management-port (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords management-port to display information about the management-port interface of the control processor on the specified RPM. party-bus (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords party-bus to display control processor information on the party-bus of the specified RPM. counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the standard Ethernet counters.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show hardware rpm mac counters e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Display receive- and transmit-counters for the party-bus control switch on the IPC subsystem of the RPM. show hardware rpm slot-number mac counters [port port-number] slot-number Enter the RPM slot number 0 or 1. port port-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port followed by the port number of the parity-bus control switch.
show hardware rpm rp1/rp2 e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Display advanced debugging information for the RPM processors. show hardware rpm slot-number {rp1 | rp2} {data-plane | party-bus} {counters | statistics} slot-number Enter the RPM slot number 0 or 1. rp1 | rp2 Enter either the keyword rp1 or rp2 to designate which route processor debug information to display.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 65-25.
Command History Usage Information Version 6.5.4.0 Introduced This command displays internal software driver information which may be useful during troubleshooting line card initialization errors, such as downed Port-Pipe. show running-config hardware-monitor e Syntax Defaults Command Modes Display the hardware-monitor action-on-error settings. show running-config hardware-monitor No default values or behavior EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Example Figure 65-26.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
66 S-Series Debugging and Diagnostics This chapter contains three sections: • • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Buffer Tuning Commands Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. While tests are running, Dell Networking OS results are saved as a text file (TestReport-SU-X.txt) in the flash directory. This show file command is available only on master and standby.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes level1 Enter the keyword Level1 to run Level 1 diagnostics. Level 1 diagnostics is a smaller set of diagnostic tests with support for automatic partitioning. They perform status/self test for all the components on the board and test their registers for appropriate values. In addition, they perform extensive tests on memory devices (e.g., SDRAM, flash, NVRAM, EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links.
online stack-unit s Syntax Place a stack unit in the online state. online stack-unit number Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History number Enter the stack unit number. Range: 0 to 7 None EXEC Privilege H Related Commands Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series show environment (S-Series) View S-Series system component status (for example, temperature, voltage).
www.dell.com | support.dell.com queue0 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or packet pointers to Queue 0. Dedicated Buffer Range: 0-2013 Dynamic Buffer Range: FP: 0-2013 CSF: 0-131200 (in multiples of 80) Packet Pointer Range: 0-2047 queue1 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or packet pointers to Queue 1.
linecard slot Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number. port-set port-pipe Enter the keyword port-set followed by the port-pipe number. Range: 0-3 on C-Series, 0-1 on S-Series buffer-policy buffer-profile Enter the keyword buffer-policy followed by the name of a buffer profile you created. None Command Mode Usage Information BUFFER PROFILE If you attempt to apply a buffer profile to a non-existent port-pipe, Dell Networking OS displays the following message.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History H Related Commands Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Added global keyword. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series buffer (Buffer Profile) Allocate an amount of dedicated buffer space, dynamic buffer space, or packet pointers to queues 0 to 3. The buffer-profile global command fails if you have already applied a custom buffer-profile on an interface.
Defaults Command Mode None INTERFACE Command History Example Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Figure 66-1. show buffer-profile Command Example FTOS#show buffer-profile summary fp-uplink Linecard Port-set Buffer-profile 0 0 test1 4 0 test2 FTOS# Related Commands buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface. show buffer-profile interface cs Display the buffer profile that is applied to an interface.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 66-2. show buffer-profile interface Command Example FTOS#show buffer-profile detail csf linecard 4 port-set 0 Linecard 4 Port-set 0 Buffer-profile test Queue# Dedicated Buffer Buffer Packets (Bytes) 0 36960 718 1 18560 358 2 18560 358 3 18560 358 4 9600 64 5 9600 64 6 9600 64 7 9600 63 FTOS# Related Commands buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands cpu data-plane statistics Enter the keywords cpu data-plane statistics to clear the data plane statistics. cpu party-bus statistics Enter the keywords cpu party-bus statistics to clear the management statistics. stack-port 0–52 Enter the keyword stack-port followed by the port number of the stacking port to clear the statistics of the particular stacking port.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information hardware watchdog Enabled CONFIGURATION Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced This command enables a hardware watchdog mechanism that automatically reboots an Dell Networking OS switch/router with a single unresponsive unit. This is a last resort mechanism intended to prevent a manual power cycle.
show hardware stack-unit s Syntax Parameters Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 1 Figure 66-3.
Example 4 Figure 66-6.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 5 130 Figure 66-7. show hardware stack-unit unit 1 register Command Example FTOS#show hardware stack-unit 0 unit 1 register 0x0068003c AGINGCTRMEMDEBUG.mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x0068003d AGINGEXPMEMDEBUG.mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x00680017 ASFCONFIG.mmu0 = 0x0000000e 0x0060004c ASFPORTSPEED.ge0 = 0x00000000 0x0060104c ASFPORTSPEED.ge1 = 0x00000000 0x0060204c ASFPORTSPEED.ge2 = 0x00000000 0x0060304c ASFPORTSPEED.ge3 = 0x00000000 0x0060404c ASFPORTSPEED.
Example 4 Figure 66-8.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show hardware system-flow s Syntax Parameters Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show hardware system-flow layer2 stack-unit 0-7 port-set 0-1 [counters] acl | qos For the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe, display which system flow entry the packet hits and what queue the packet takes as it dumps the raw system flow tables.
Example 2 Figure 66-10.
www.dell.com | support.dell.
A ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP Message Type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. Table A-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table A-1.
B SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by Dell Networking OS. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option, and the next is the message(s) associated with the trap. Table B-1. SNMP Traps and Error Messages Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table B-1. SNMP Traps and Error Messages (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_CARD_DOWN ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-1-CARD_SHUTDOWN: %sLine card %d down - %s %CHMGR-2-CARD_DOWN: %sLine card %d down - %s CHM_CARD_UP ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-5-LINECARDUP: %sLine card %d is up CHM_CARD_MISMATCH ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-3-CARD_MISMATCH: Mismatch: line card %d is type %s - type %s required.
Table B-1.
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table B-1. SNMP Traps and Error Messages (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD_CLR: Cpu %s usage drops below threshold. Cpu5SecUsage (%d) CHM_MEM_THRESHOLD ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-5-MEM_THRESHOLD: Memory %s usage above threshold. MemUsage (%d) CHM_MEM_THRESHOLD_CLR ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-5-MEM_THRESHOLD_CLR: Memory %s usage drops below threshold.
